x86: Only allow S + A relocations against absolute symbol
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
73 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
74 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
75 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
76 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
77 lang_statement_union). */
78 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
79 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
80 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
81 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
82 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
83 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
84
85 /* Forward declarations. */
86 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
87 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
88 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
89 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
93 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
94 static void print_statements (void);
95 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
96 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
97 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
98 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
99 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
100 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
101 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
102
103 /* Exported variables. */
104 const char *output_target;
105 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
121 const char *entry_section = ".text";
122 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
123 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
124 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
125 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
127 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
128 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
129 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
130 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
131 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
132 static ctf_file_t *ctf_output;
133
134 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
135 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
136 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
137
138 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
139 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
142 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
143 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
144 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
145 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
146 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
147
148 #define new_stat(x, y) \
149 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
150
151 #define outside_section_address(q) \
152 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
153
154 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
155 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
156
157 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
158
159 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
160 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
161 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
162 overhead if they want to. */
163 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
164
165 void *
166 stat_alloc (size_t size)
167 {
168 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
169 }
170
171 static int
172 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
173 {
174 if (wildcardp (pattern))
175 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
176 return strcmp (pattern, name);
177 }
178
179 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
180 separator. If not, return NULL. */
181
182 static char *
183 archive_path (const char *pattern)
184 {
185 char *p = NULL;
186
187 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
188 return p;
189
190 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
191 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
192 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
193 return p;
194
195 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
196 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
197 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
198 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
199 #endif
200 return p;
201 }
202
203 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
204 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
205
206 static bfd_boolean
207 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
208 lang_input_statement_type *f)
209 {
210 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
211
212 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
213 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
214 && ((sep != file_spec)
215 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
216 {
217 match = TRUE;
218
219 if (sep != file_spec)
220 {
221 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
222 *sep = 0;
223 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
224 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
225 }
226 }
227 return match;
228 }
229
230 static bfd_boolean
231 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
232 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
233 {
234 struct unique_sections *unam;
235 const char *secnam;
236
237 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
238 && sec->owner != NULL
239 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
240 return !(os != NULL
241 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
242
243 secnam = sec->name;
244 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
245 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
246 return TRUE;
247
248 return FALSE;
249 }
250
251 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
252
253 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
254 false. */
255
256 static bfd_boolean
257 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
258 lang_input_statement_type *file)
259 {
260 struct name_list *list_tmp;
261
262 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
263 list_tmp;
264 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
265 {
266 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
267
268 if (p != NULL)
269 {
270 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
271 return TRUE;
272 }
273
274 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
275 return TRUE;
276
277 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
278 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
279 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
280 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
281 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
282 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
283 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
284 return TRUE;
285 }
286
287 return FALSE;
288 }
289
290 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
291 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
292 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
293 function is very fast. */
294
295 static void
296 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
297 lang_input_statement_type *file,
298 asection *s,
299 struct wildcard_list *sec,
300 callback_t callback,
301 void *data)
302 {
303 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
304 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
305 return;
306
307 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
308 }
309
310 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
311 but slowly. */
312
313 static void
314 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
315 lang_input_statement_type *file,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 asection *s;
320 struct wildcard_list *sec;
321
322 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
323 {
324 sec = ptr->section_list;
325 if (sec == NULL)
326 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
327
328 while (sec != NULL)
329 {
330 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
331
332 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
333 {
334 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
335
336 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
337 }
338
339 if (!skip)
340 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
341
342 sec = sec->next;
343 }
344 }
345 }
346
347 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
348 than one section with that name, we report that. */
349
350 typedef struct
351 {
352 asection *found_section;
353 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
354 } section_iterator_callback_data;
355
356 static bfd_boolean
357 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
358 {
359 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
360
361 if (d->found_section != NULL)
362 {
363 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
364 return TRUE;
365 }
366
367 d->found_section = s;
368 return FALSE;
369 }
370
371 static asection *
372 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
373 struct wildcard_list *sec,
374 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
375 {
376 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
377
378 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
379 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
380 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
381 return cb_data.found_section;
382 }
383
384 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
385 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
386
387 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
388 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
389
390 static bfd_boolean
391 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
392 {
393 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
394 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
395 }
396
397 static bfd_boolean
398 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
399 {
400 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
401 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
402 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
403 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
404 return FALSE;
405
406 pattern += 4;
407 name += 4;
408 while (*pattern != '*')
409 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
410 return FALSE;
411
412 return TRUE;
413 }
414
415 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
416 section name NAME. */
417
418 static int
419 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
420 {
421 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
422 const char *dot;
423
424 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
425 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
426 lower value means a higher priority.
427
428 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
429 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
430 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
431 .fini_array is backward.
432 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
433 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
434 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
435 is forward.
436
437 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
438 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
439 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
440 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
441 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
442 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
443 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
444 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
445 attribute and sort on that. */
446 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
447 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
448 {
449 char *end;
450 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
451 if (*end == 0)
452 {
453 if (dot == name + 6
454 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
455 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
456 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
457 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
458 return init_priority;
459 }
460 }
461 return -1;
462 }
463
464 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
465
466 static int
467 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
468 {
469 int ret;
470 int a_priority, b_priority;
471
472 switch (sort)
473 {
474 default:
475 abort ();
476
477 case by_init_priority:
478 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
479 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
480 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
481 goto sort_by_name;
482 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 else
486 goto sort_by_name;
487
488 case by_alignment_name:
489 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
490 if (ret)
491 break;
492 /* Fall through. */
493
494 case by_name:
495 sort_by_name:
496 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
497 break;
498
499 case by_name_alignment:
500 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
501 if (ret)
502 break;
503 /* Fall through. */
504
505 case by_alignment:
506 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
507 break;
508 }
509
510 return ret;
511 }
512
513 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
514 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
515 of sections are large. */
516
517 static lang_section_bst_type **
518 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
519 struct wildcard_list *sec,
520 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 asection *section)
522 {
523 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
524
525 tree = &wild->tree;
526 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
527 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
528 {
529 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
530 while (*tree)
531 tree = &((*tree)->right);
532 return tree;
533 }
534
535 while (*tree)
536 {
537 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
538 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
539 tree = &((*tree)->left);
540 else
541 tree = &((*tree)->right);
542 }
543
544 return tree;
545 }
546
547 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
548
549 static void
550 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
551 struct wildcard_list *sec,
552 asection *section,
553 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
554 lang_input_statement_type *file,
555 void *output)
556 {
557 lang_section_bst_type *node;
558 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
559 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
560
561 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
562
563 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
564 return;
565
566 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
567 node->left = 0;
568 node->right = 0;
569 node->section = section;
570
571 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
572 if (tree != NULL)
573 *tree = node;
574 }
575
576 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
577
578 static void
579 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
580 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
581 void *output)
582 {
583 if (tree->left)
584 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
585
586 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
587 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
588
589 if (tree->right)
590 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
591
592 free (tree);
593 }
594
595 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
596 wildcards */
597
598 static void
599 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
600 lang_input_statement_type *file,
601 callback_t callback,
602 void *data)
603 {
604 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
605 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
606 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
607 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
608 get processed in the bfd's order. */
609 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
610 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
611 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
612
613 if (multiple_sections_found)
614 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
615 else if (s0)
616 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
617 }
618
619 static void
620 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
621 lang_input_statement_type *file,
622 callback_t callback,
623 void *data)
624 {
625 asection *s;
626 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627
628 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
629 {
630 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
631 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
632
633 if (!skip)
634 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
635 }
636 }
637
638 static void
639 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
640 lang_input_statement_type *file,
641 callback_t callback,
642 void *data)
643 {
644 asection *s;
645 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
646 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
647 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
648 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
649
650 if (multiple_sections_found)
651 {
652 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
653 return;
654 }
655
656 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
657 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
658 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
659 {
660 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
661 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
662 wildspec1. */
663 if (s == s0)
664 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
665 else
666 {
667 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
668 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
669
670 if (!skip)
671 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
672 data);
673 }
674 }
675 }
676
677 static void
678 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
679 lang_input_statement_type *file,
680 callback_t callback,
681 void *data)
682 {
683 asection *s;
684 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
685 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
686 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
687 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
688 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
689
690 if (multiple_sections_found)
691 {
692 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
693 return;
694 }
695
696 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
697 {
698 if (s == s0)
699 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
700 else
701 {
702 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
703 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
704
705 if (!skip)
706 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
707 else
708 {
709 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
710 if (!skip)
711 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
712 data);
713 }
714 }
715 }
716 }
717
718 static void
719 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
720 lang_input_statement_type *file,
721 callback_t callback,
722 void *data)
723 {
724 asection *s;
725 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
726 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
727 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
728 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
729 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
730 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
731
732 if (multiple_sections_found)
733 {
734 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
735 return;
736 }
737
738 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
739 if (multiple_sections_found)
740 {
741 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
742 return;
743 }
744
745 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
746 {
747 if (s == s0)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
749 else
750 if (s == s1)
751 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
752 else
753 {
754 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
755 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
756 sname);
757
758 if (!skip)
759 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
760 data);
761 else
762 {
763 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
764 if (!skip)
765 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
766 callback, data);
767 }
768 }
769 }
770 }
771
772 static void
773 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
774 lang_input_statement_type *file,
775 callback_t callback,
776 void *data)
777 {
778 if (file->flags.just_syms)
779 return;
780
781 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
782 }
783
784 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
785 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
786 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
787 first wildcard character. */
788
789 static bfd_boolean
790 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
791 {
792 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
793 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
794 size_t min_prefix_len;
795
796 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
797 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
798 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
799 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
800 prefix1_len++;
801 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
802 prefix2_len++;
803
804 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
805
806 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
807 }
808
809 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
810 statements. */
811
812 static void
813 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
814 {
815 int sec_count = 0;
816 int wild_name_count = 0;
817 struct wildcard_list *sec;
818 int signature;
819 int data_counter;
820
821 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
822 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
823 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
824 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
825 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
826 ptr->tree = NULL;
827
828 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
829 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
830 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
831 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
832 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
833 ending in a single '*'. */
834 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
835 {
836 ++sec_count;
837 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
838 return;
839 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
840 {
841 ++wild_name_count;
842 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
848 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
849 happen in practice. */
850 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
851 return;
852
853 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
854 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
855 {
856 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
857 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
858 {
859 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
860 return;
861 }
862 }
863
864 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
865 switch (signature)
866 {
867 case 0x0100:
868 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
869 break;
870 case 0x0101:
871 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
872 break;
873 case 0x0201:
874 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
875 break;
876 case 0x0302:
877 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
878 break;
879 case 0x0402:
880 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
881 break;
882 default:
883 return;
884 }
885
886 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
887 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
888 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
889 given order, because we've already determined that no section
890 will match more than one spec. */
891 data_counter = 0;
892 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
893 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
894 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
895 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
896 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
897 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
898 }
899
900 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
901
902 static void
903 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
904 lang_input_statement_type *f,
905 callback_t callback,
906 void *data)
907 {
908 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
909 return;
910
911 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
912 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
913 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
914 else
915 {
916 bfd *member;
917
918 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
919 archive separately. */
920 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
921 while (member != NULL)
922 {
923 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
924 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
925 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
926 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
927 lang_input_statement. */
928 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
929 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
930
931 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
932 }
933 }
934 }
935
936 static void
937 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
938 {
939 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
940 char *p;
941
942 if (file_spec == NULL)
943 {
944 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
945 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
946 {
947 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
948 }
949 }
950 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
951 {
952 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
953 {
954 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
955 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
956 }
957 }
958 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
959 {
960 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
961 {
962 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
963 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
964 }
965 }
966 else
967 {
968 lang_input_statement_type *f;
969
970 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
971 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
972 if (f)
973 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
974 }
975 }
976
977 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
978 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
979 with constraint set to -1. */
980
981 void
982 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
983 lang_statement_union_type *s)
984 {
985 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
986 {
987 func (s);
988
989 switch (s->header.type)
990 {
991 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
992 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
995 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
996 lang_for_each_statement_worker
997 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
998 break;
999 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1000 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1001 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1002 break;
1003 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1004 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1005 s->group_statement.children.head);
1006 break;
1007 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1008 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1009 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1010 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1011 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1012 case lang_input_section_enum:
1013 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1014 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1015 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1016 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1017 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1018 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1019 break;
1020 default:
1021 FAIL ();
1022 break;
1023 }
1024 }
1025 }
1026
1027 void
1028 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1029 {
1030 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1031 }
1032
1033 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1034
1035 void
1036 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1037 {
1038 list->head = NULL;
1039 list->tail = &list->head;
1040 }
1041
1042 static void
1043 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1044 void *element,
1045 void *field)
1046 {
1047 *(list->tail) = element;
1048 list->tail = field;
1049 }
1050
1051 void
1052 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1053 {
1054 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1055 abort ();
1056 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1057 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1058 }
1059
1060 void
1061 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1062 {
1063 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1064 abort ();
1065 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1066 }
1067
1068 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1069
1070 static lang_statement_union_type *
1071 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1072 size_t size,
1073 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1074 {
1075 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1076
1077 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1078 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1079 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1080 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1081 return new_stmt;
1082 }
1083
1084 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1085 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1086 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1087
1088 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1089 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1090 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1091 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1092
1093 static lang_input_statement_type *
1094 new_afile (const char *name,
1095 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1096 const char *target)
1097 {
1098 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1099
1100 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1101
1102 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1103 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1104 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1105 p->target = target;
1106 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1107 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1108 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1109 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1110 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1111
1112 switch (file_type)
1113 {
1114 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 break;
1124 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1125 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1126 {
1127 p->filename = name + 1;
1128 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1129 }
1130 else
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1133 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1135 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1136 break;
1137 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1138 p->filename = name;
1139 p->local_sym_name = name;
1140 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1141 break;
1142 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1143 p->filename = name;
1144 p->local_sym_name = name;
1145 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1146 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1147 break;
1148 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1149 p->filename = name;
1150 p->local_sym_name = name;
1151 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1152 break;
1153 default:
1154 FAIL ();
1155 }
1156
1157 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1158 return p;
1159 }
1160
1161 lang_input_statement_type *
1162 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1163 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1164 const char *target)
1165 {
1166 if (name != NULL
1167 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1168 {
1169 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1170 char *sysrooted_name
1171 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1172 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1173 (const char *) NULL);
1174
1175 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1176 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1177 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1178 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1179 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1180 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1181 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1182 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1183 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1184 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target);
1185 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1186 return ret;
1187 }
1188
1189 return new_afile (name, file_type, target);
1190 }
1191
1192 struct out_section_hash_entry
1193 {
1194 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1195 lang_statement_union_type s;
1196 };
1197
1198 /* The hash table. */
1199
1200 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1201
1202 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1203 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1204
1205 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1206 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1207 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1208 const char *string)
1209 {
1210 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1211 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1212
1213 if (entry == NULL)
1214 {
1215 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1216 sizeof (*ret));
1217 if (entry == NULL)
1218 return entry;
1219 }
1220
1221 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1222 if (entry == NULL)
1223 return entry;
1224
1225 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1226 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1227 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1229 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1230 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1231 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1232 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1233
1234 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1235 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1236 field of the last element of the list. */
1237 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1238 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1239 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1240 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1241 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1242
1243 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1244 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1245 instead. */
1246 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1247 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1248 return &ret->root;
1249 }
1250
1251 static void
1252 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1253 {
1254 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1255 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1256 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1257 61))
1258 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1259 }
1260
1261 static void
1262 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1263 {
1264 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1265 }
1266
1267 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1268
1269 void
1270 lang_init (void)
1271 {
1272 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1273
1274 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1275
1276 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1277
1278 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1279
1280 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1281 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1282 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1283 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1284 NULL);
1285 abs_output_section =
1286 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1287
1288 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1289
1290 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1291 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1292 }
1293
1294 void
1295 lang_finish (void)
1296 {
1297 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1298 }
1299
1300 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1301 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1302 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1303 syntax.
1304
1305 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1306
1307 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1308 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1309
1310 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1311 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1312 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1313 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1314 and so we issue a warning.
1315
1316 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1317 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1318 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1319 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1320 region. */
1321
1322 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1323 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1324 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1325
1326 lang_memory_region_type *
1327 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1328 {
1329 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1330 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1331 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1332
1333 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1334 if (name == NULL)
1335 return NULL;
1336
1337 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1338 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1339 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1340 {
1341 if (create)
1342 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1343 NULL, name);
1344 return r;
1345 }
1346
1347 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1348 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1349 NULL, name);
1350
1351 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1352
1353 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1354 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1355 new_region->next = NULL;
1356 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1357 new_region->origin = 0;
1358 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1359 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1360 new_region->current = 0;
1361 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1362 new_region->flags = 0;
1363 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1364 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1365
1366 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1367 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1368
1369 return new_region;
1370 }
1371
1372 void
1373 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1374 {
1375 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1376 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1377 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1378
1379 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1380 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1381 the default memory region. */
1382 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1383 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1384 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1385
1386 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1387 in use. */
1388 region = NULL;
1389 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1390 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1391 {
1392 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1393 region = r;
1394 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1396 "alias `%s'\n"),
1397 NULL, alias);
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1401 if (region == NULL)
1402 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1403 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1404 NULL, region_name, alias);
1405
1406 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1407 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1408 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1409 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1410 region->name_list.next = n;
1411 }
1412
1413 static lang_memory_region_type *
1414 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1415 {
1416 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1417
1418 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1419
1420 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1421 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1422 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1423
1424 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1425 {
1426 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1427 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1428 {
1429 return p;
1430 }
1431 }
1432 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1433 }
1434
1435 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1436
1437 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1438 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1439 {
1440 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1444 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1445 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1446 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1447
1448 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1449 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1450 int constraint,
1451 bfd_boolean create)
1452 {
1453 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1454
1455 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1456 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1457 create, FALSE));
1458 if (entry == NULL)
1459 {
1460 if (create)
1461 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1462 return NULL;
1463 }
1464
1465 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1466 {
1467 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1468 constraint. */
1469 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1470
1471 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1472 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1473 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1474 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1475 but that shouldn't matter. */
1476 last_ent = entry;
1477 else
1478 do
1479 {
1480 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1481 || (constraint == 0
1482 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1483 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1484 last_ent = entry;
1485 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1486 }
1487 while (entry != NULL
1488 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1489
1490 if (!create)
1491 return NULL;
1492
1493 entry
1494 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1495 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1496 &output_section_statement_table,
1497 name));
1498 if (entry == NULL)
1499 {
1500 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1501 return NULL;
1502 }
1503 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1504 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1505 }
1506
1507 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1508 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1509 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1513 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1514 match any non-negative constraint. */
1515
1516 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1517 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1518 int constraint)
1519 {
1520 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1521 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1522 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1523 ((char *) os
1524 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1525 const char *name = os->name;
1526
1527 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1528 do
1529 {
1530 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1531 if (entry == NULL
1532 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1533 return NULL;
1534 }
1535 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1536 && (constraint != 0
1537 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1538
1539 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1540 }
1541
1542 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1543 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1544 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1545 sets *EXACT too. */
1546
1547 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1548 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1549 flagword sec_flags,
1550 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1551 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1552 {
1553 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1554 flagword look_flags, differ;
1555
1556 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1557 skip it. */
1558 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1559 first = first->next;
1560
1561 /* First try for an exact match. */
1562 found = NULL;
1563 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1564 {
1565 look_flags = look->flags;
1566 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1567 {
1568 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1569 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1570 look->bfd_section,
1571 sec->owner, sec))
1572 continue;
1573 }
1574 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1575 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1576 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1577 found = look;
1578 }
1579 if (found != NULL)
1580 {
1581 if (exact != NULL)
1582 *exact = found;
1583 return found;
1584 }
1585
1586 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1587 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1588 {
1589 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1590 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1591 {
1592 look_flags = look->flags;
1593 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1594 {
1595 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1596 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1597 look->bfd_section,
1598 sec->owner, sec))
1599 continue;
1600 }
1601 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1602 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1604 found = look;
1605 }
1606 }
1607 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1608 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1609 {
1610 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1611 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1612 {
1613 look_flags = look->flags;
1614 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1615 {
1616 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1617 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1618 look->bfd_section,
1619 sec->owner, sec))
1620 continue;
1621 }
1622 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1624 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1625 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1626 | SEC_READONLY))
1627 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1628 found = look;
1629 }
1630 }
1631 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1632 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1633 {
1634 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1635 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1636 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1637
1638 match_type = NULL;
1639 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1640 {
1641 look_flags = look->flags;
1642 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1643 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1644
1645 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1646 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1647 {
1648 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1649 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1650 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1651 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1652 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1653 previous section. */
1654 break;
1655 found = look;
1656 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1657 }
1658 else if (seen_thread_local)
1659 break;
1660 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1682 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1683 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1684 found = look;
1685 }
1686 }
1687 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1688 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1689 {
1690 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1691 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->flags;
1694 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1695 {
1696 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1697 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1698 look->bfd_section,
1699 sec->owner, sec))
1700 continue;
1701 }
1702 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1703 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1704 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1705 found = look;
1706 }
1707 }
1708 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1709 {
1710 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1711 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1712 {
1713 look_flags = look->flags;
1714 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1715 {
1716 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1717 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1718 look->bfd_section,
1719 sec->owner, sec))
1720 continue;
1721 }
1722 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1723 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1724 found = look;
1725 }
1726 }
1727 else
1728 {
1729 /* non-alloc go last. */
1730 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1731 {
1732 look_flags = look->flags;
1733 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1734 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1735 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1736 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1737 found = look;
1738 }
1739 return found;
1740 }
1741
1742 if (found || !match_type)
1743 return found;
1744
1745 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1746 }
1747
1748 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1749 Used by place_orphan. */
1750
1751 static asection *
1752 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1753 {
1754 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1755
1756 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1757 {
1758 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1759 continue;
1760
1761 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1762 return lookup->bfd_section;
1763 }
1764
1765 return NULL;
1766 }
1767
1768 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1769 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1770 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1771 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1772 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1773 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1774 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1775 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1776 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1777 image symbols. */
1778
1779 static lang_statement_union_type **
1780 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1781 {
1782 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1783 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1784 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1785
1786 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1787
1788 for (where = &after->header.next;
1789 *where != NULL;
1790 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1791 {
1792 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1793 {
1794 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1795 if (assign == NULL)
1796 {
1797 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1798
1799 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1800 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1801 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1802 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1803 {
1804 if (!ignore_first)
1805 assign = where;
1806 ignore_first = FALSE;
1807 }
1808 }
1809 continue;
1810 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_input_section_enum:
1812 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1814 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1815 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1816 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1817 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1818 assign = NULL;
1819 ignore_first = FALSE;
1820 continue;
1821 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1822 if (assign != NULL)
1823 {
1824 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1825
1826 if (s == NULL
1827 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1828 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1829 where = assign;
1830 }
1831 break;
1832 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1834 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1838 continue;
1839 }
1840 break;
1841 }
1842
1843 return where;
1844 }
1845
1846 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1847 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1848 const char *secname,
1849 int constraint,
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1851 struct orphan_save *place,
1852 etree_type *address,
1853 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1854 {
1855 lang_statement_list_type add;
1856 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1857 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1858
1859 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1860 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1861 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1862 if (after != NULL)
1863 {
1864 lang_list_init (&add);
1865 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1866 }
1867
1868 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1869 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1870 address = exp_intop (0);
1871
1872 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1873 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1874 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1875
1876 if (add_child == NULL)
1877 add_child = &os->children;
1878 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1879
1880 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1881 {
1882 const char *region = (after->region
1883 ? after->region->name_list.name
1884 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1885 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1886 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1887 : NULL);
1888 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1889 lma_region);
1890 }
1891 else
1892 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1893 NULL);
1894
1895 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1896 if (after != NULL)
1897 pop_stat_ptr ();
1898
1899 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1900 {
1901 asection *snew, *as;
1902 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1903 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1904
1905 snew = os->bfd_section;
1906
1907 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1908 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1909 if (place->section == NULL
1910 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1911 {
1912 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1913
1914 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1915 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1916 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1917 output section. */
1918 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1919 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1920
1921 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1922 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1923 }
1924
1925 if (place->section == NULL)
1926 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1927
1928 as = *place->section;
1929
1930 if (!as)
1931 {
1932 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1933
1934 /* Unlink the section. */
1935 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1936
1937 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1938 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1939 }
1940 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1941 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1942 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1943 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1944 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1945 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1946 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1947 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1948 {
1949 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1950 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1951 section after a note section, */
1952 asection *sec;
1953 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1954 should be placed. */
1955 asection *after_sec;
1956 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1957 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1958 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1959
1960 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1961
1962 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1963 ascending order. */
1964 after_sec = NULL;
1965 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1966 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1967 {
1968 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1969 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1970 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1971
1972 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1973 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1974 (sec != NULL
1975 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1976 sec = sec->next)
1977 if (sec != snew
1978 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1979 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1980 {
1981 if (!first_orphan_note)
1982 first_orphan_note = sec;
1983 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1984 after_sec = sec;
1985 }
1986 else if (first_orphan_note)
1987 {
1988 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1989 orphan note section. */
1990 break;
1991 }
1992
1993 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1994 be placed at the default location. */
1995 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1996 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1997 {
1998 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1999 alignments, place the section before all
2000 output orphan note sections. */
2001 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2002 insert_after = FALSE;
2003 }
2004 }
2005 else if (first_orphan_note)
2006 {
2007 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2008 note sections. */
2009 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2010 after_sec = as;
2011 for (sec = as->next;
2012 (sec != NULL
2013 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2014 sec = sec->next)
2015 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2016 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2017 after_sec = sec;
2018 }
2019
2020 if (after_sec_note)
2021 {
2022 if (after_sec)
2023 {
2024 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2025 statement. */
2026 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2027 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2028 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2029 {
2030 next = stmt->next;
2031 if (insert_after)
2032 {
2033 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2034 {
2035 place_after = TRUE;
2036 found = TRUE;
2037 after = stmt;
2038 break;
2039 }
2040 }
2041 else
2042 {
2043 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2044 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2045 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2046 {
2047 place_after = TRUE;
2048 found = TRUE;
2049 after = stmt;
2050 break;
2051 }
2052 }
2053 }
2054
2055 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2056 statement. */
2057 if (!found)
2058 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2059 {
2060 if (insert_after)
2061 {
2062 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2063 {
2064 place_after = TRUE;
2065 after = stmt;
2066 break;
2067 }
2068 }
2069 else
2070 {
2071 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2072 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2073 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2074 {
2075 place_after = TRUE;
2076 after = stmt;
2077 break;
2078 }
2079 }
2080 }
2081 }
2082
2083 if (after_sec == NULL
2084 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2085 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2086 {
2087 /* Unlink the section. */
2088 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2089
2090 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2091 prepend SNEW. */
2092 if (after_sec)
2093 {
2094 if (insert_after)
2095 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2096 after_sec, snew);
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2099 after_sec, snew);
2100 }
2101 else
2102 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2103 }
2104 }
2105 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2106 {
2107 /* Unlink the section. */
2108 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2109
2110 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2111 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2112 as, snew);
2113 }
2114 }
2115 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2116 {
2117 /* Unlink the section. */
2118 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2119
2120 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2121 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2122 }
2123
2124 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2125 follow the one we've just added. */
2126 place->section = &snew->next;
2127
2128 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2129 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2130 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2131 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2132 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2133 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2134 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2135 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2136 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2137 if (add.head != NULL)
2138 {
2139 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2140
2141 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2142 if (place_after)
2143 {
2144 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2145
2146 *add.tail = *where;
2147 *where = add.head;
2148
2149 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2150 }
2151 else
2152 {
2153 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2154 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2155 *place->stmt = add.head;
2156 }
2157
2158 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2159 new list at the tail. */
2160 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2161 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2162
2163 /* Save the end of this list. */
2164 place->stmt = add.tail;
2165
2166 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2167 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2168 *os_tail = NULL;
2169 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2170 ((char *) place->os_tail
2171 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2172 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2173 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2174 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2175 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2176 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2177
2178 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2179 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2180 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2181 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2182 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2183 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2184 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2185 }
2186 }
2187 return os;
2188 }
2189
2190 static void
2191 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2192 {
2193 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2194
2195 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2196 return;
2197
2198 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2199
2200 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2201 {
2202 size_t len;
2203
2204 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2205 len = strlen (m->soname);
2206
2207 if (len >= 29)
2208 {
2209 print_nl ();
2210 len = 0;
2211 }
2212 while (len < 30)
2213 {
2214 print_space ();
2215 ++len;
2216 }
2217
2218 if (m->ref != NULL)
2219 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2220 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2221 }
2222 }
2223
2224 static void
2225 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2226 {
2227 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2228 minfo ("a");
2229
2230 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2231 minfo ("x");
2232
2233 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2234 minfo ("r");
2235
2236 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2237 minfo ("w");
2238
2239 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2240 minfo ("l");
2241 }
2242
2243 void
2244 lang_map (void)
2245 {
2246 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2247 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2248
2249 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2250 {
2251 asection *s;
2252
2253 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2254 || file->flags.just_syms)
2255 continue;
2256
2257 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2258 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2259 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2260 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2261 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2262 {
2263 if (! dis_header_printed)
2264 {
2265 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2266 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2267 }
2268
2269 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2270 }
2271 }
2272
2273 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2274 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2275 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2276
2277 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2278 {
2279 char buf[100];
2280 int len;
2281
2282 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2283
2284 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2285 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2286 len = strlen (buf);
2287 while (len < 16)
2288 {
2289 print_space ();
2290 ++len;
2291 }
2292
2293 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2294 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2295 {
2296 #ifndef BFD64
2297 minfo (" ");
2298 #endif
2299 if (m->flags)
2300 {
2301 print_space ();
2302 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2303 }
2304
2305 if (m->not_flags)
2306 {
2307 minfo (" !");
2308 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2309 }
2310 }
2311
2312 print_nl ();
2313 }
2314
2315 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2316
2317 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2318 {
2319 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2320 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2321 }
2322 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2323 lang_statement_iteration++;
2324 print_statements ();
2325
2326 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2327 config.map_file);
2328 }
2329
2330 static bfd_boolean
2331 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2332 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2333 {
2334 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2335 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2336 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2337 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2338 {
2339 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2340 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2341
2342 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2343 if (!ud)
2344 {
2345 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2346 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2347 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2348 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2349 }
2350 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2351 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2352
2353 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2354 def->entry = hash_entry;
2355 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2356 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2357 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2358 }
2359 return TRUE;
2360 }
2361
2362 /* Initialize an output section. */
2363
2364 static void
2365 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2366 {
2367 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2368 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2369
2370 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2371 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2372 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2373 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2374 s->name, flags);
2375 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2376 {
2377 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2378 " called %s: %E\n"),
2379 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2380 }
2381 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2382 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2383
2384 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2385 statement to avoid lookup. */
2386 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2387
2388 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2389 mention are initialized. */
2390 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2391 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2392
2393 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2394 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2395
2396 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2397 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2398 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2399 "section alignment");
2400 }
2401
2402 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2403 initialized. */
2404
2405 static void
2406 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2407 {
2408 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2409 {
2410 case etree_assign:
2411 case etree_provide:
2412 case etree_provided:
2413 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2414 break;
2415
2416 case etree_binary:
2417 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2418 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2419 break;
2420
2421 case etree_trinary:
2422 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2423 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2424 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2425 break;
2426
2427 case etree_assert:
2428 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2429 break;
2430
2431 case etree_unary:
2432 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2433 break;
2434
2435 case etree_name:
2436 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2437 {
2438 case ADDR:
2439 case LOADADDR:
2440 case SIZEOF:
2441 {
2442 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2443
2444 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2445 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2446 init_os (os, 0);
2447 }
2448 }
2449 break;
2450
2451 default:
2452 break;
2453 }
2454 }
2455 \f
2456 static void
2457 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2458 {
2459 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2460
2461 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2462 discard all sections. */
2463 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2464 {
2465 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2466 return;
2467 }
2468
2469 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2470 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2471 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2472 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2473 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2474
2475 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2476 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2477 }
2478 \f
2479
2480 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2481 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2482
2483 static bfd_boolean
2484 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2485 {
2486 bfd_boolean discard;
2487 flagword flags = section->flags;
2488
2489 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2490 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2491
2492 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2493 sections from within the group. */
2494 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2495 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2496 discard = TRUE;
2497
2498 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2499 information. */
2500 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2501 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2502 discard = TRUE;
2503
2504 return discard;
2505 }
2506
2507 /* The wild routines.
2508
2509 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2510 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2511 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2512
2513 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2514 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2515
2516 void
2517 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2518 asection *section,
2519 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2520 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2521 {
2522 flagword flags = section->flags;
2523
2524 bfd_boolean discard;
2525 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2526 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2527
2528 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2529 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2530
2531 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2532 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2533 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2534 discard = TRUE;
2535
2536 if (discard)
2537 {
2538 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2539 {
2540 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2541 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2542 }
2543 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2544 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2545 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2546 NULL, section, section->owner);
2547
2548 return;
2549 }
2550
2551 if (sflag_info)
2552 {
2553 bfd_boolean keep;
2554
2555 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2556 if (!keep)
2557 return;
2558 }
2559
2560 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2561 {
2562 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2563 return;
2564
2565 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2566 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2567 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2568 return;
2569
2570 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2571 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2572 later. */
2573 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2574 return;
2575
2576 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2577 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2578 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2579 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2580 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2581 output->bfd_section);
2582
2583 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2584 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2585 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2586 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2587 }
2588
2589 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2590 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2591 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2592 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2593 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2594 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2595 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2596
2597 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2598 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2599 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2600 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2601 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2602 {
2603 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2604 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2605 else
2606 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2607 }
2608 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2609 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2610
2611 switch (output->sectype)
2612 {
2613 case normal_section:
2614 case overlay_section:
2615 case first_overlay_section:
2616 break;
2617 case noalloc_section:
2618 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2619 break;
2620 case noload_section:
2621 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2622 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2623 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2624 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2625 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2626 section. */
2627 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2628 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2629 else
2630 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2631 break;
2632 }
2633
2634 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2635 init_os (output, flags);
2636
2637 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2638 it from the output section. */
2639 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2640
2641 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2642 {
2643 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2644 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2645
2646 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2647 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2648 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2649 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2650 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2651 {
2652 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2653 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2654 }
2655 }
2656 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2657
2658 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2659 {
2660 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2661 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2662 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2663 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2664 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2665 link_info.output_bfd,
2666 output->bfd_section,
2667 &link_info);
2668 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2669 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2670 }
2671
2672 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2673 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2674 {
2675 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2676 output->block_value = 128;
2677 }
2678
2679 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2680 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2681
2682 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2683
2684 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2685 {
2686 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2687 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2688 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2689 section->map_tail.s = s;
2690 if (s != NULL)
2691 s->map_head.s = section;
2692 else
2693 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2694 }
2695
2696 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2697 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2698 new_section->section = section;
2699 }
2700
2701 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2702 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2703 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2704 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2705
2706 static lang_statement_union_type *
2707 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2708 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2709 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2710 asection *section)
2711 {
2712 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2713
2714 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2715 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2716 return NULL;
2717
2718 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2719 {
2720 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2721
2722 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2723 continue;
2724 ls = &l->input_section;
2725
2726 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2727 name. */
2728
2729 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2730 {
2731 const char *fn, *ln;
2732 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2733 int i;
2734
2735 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2736 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2737 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2738 archive. */
2739
2740 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2741 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2742 {
2743 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2744 fa = TRUE;
2745 }
2746 else
2747 {
2748 fn = file->filename;
2749 fa = FALSE;
2750 }
2751
2752 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2753 {
2754 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2755 la = TRUE;
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2760 la = FALSE;
2761 }
2762
2763 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2764 if (i > 0)
2765 continue;
2766 else if (i < 0)
2767 break;
2768
2769 if (fa || la)
2770 {
2771 if (fa)
2772 fn = file->filename;
2773 if (la)
2774 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2775
2776 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2777 if (i > 0)
2778 continue;
2779 else if (i < 0)
2780 break;
2781 }
2782 }
2783
2784 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2785 looking at the sections for this file. */
2786
2787 if (sec != NULL
2788 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2789 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2790 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2791 break;
2792 }
2793
2794 return l;
2795 }
2796
2797 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2798 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2799
2800 static void
2801 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2802 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2803 asection *section,
2804 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2805 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2806 void *output)
2807 {
2808 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2809 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2810
2811 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2812
2813 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2814 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2815 return;
2816
2817 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2818
2819 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2820 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2821 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2822 of the current list. */
2823
2824 if (before == NULL)
2825 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2826 else
2827 {
2828 lang_statement_list_type list;
2829 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2830
2831 lang_list_init (&list);
2832 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2833
2834 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2835 be NULL. */
2836 if (list.head != NULL)
2837 {
2838 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2839
2840 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2841 *pp != before;
2842 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2843 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2844
2845 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2846 *pp = list.head;
2847 }
2848 }
2849 }
2850
2851 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2852 are readonly. */
2853
2854 static void
2855 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2856 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2857 asection *section,
2858 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2859 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2860 void *output)
2861 {
2862 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2863
2864 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2865
2866 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2867 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2868 return;
2869
2870 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2871 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2872 }
2873
2874 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2875 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2876 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2877
2878 static lang_input_statement_type *
2879 lookup_name (const char *name)
2880 {
2881 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2882
2883 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2884 search != NULL;
2885 search = search->next_real_file)
2886 {
2887 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2888 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2889 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2890 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2891
2892 if (filename != NULL
2893 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2894 break;
2895 }
2896
2897 if (search == NULL)
2898 {
2899 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2900 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2901 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2902 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2903 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2904 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2905 lang_statement_union_type **after
2906 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2907 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2908 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2909 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2910 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2911 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2912 default_target);
2913 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2914 if (*tail == NULL)
2915 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2916 }
2917
2918 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2919 don't add this file. */
2920 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2921 return search;
2922
2923 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2924 return NULL;
2925
2926 return search;
2927 }
2928
2929 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2930
2931 struct excluded_lib
2932 {
2933 char *name;
2934 struct excluded_lib *next;
2935 };
2936 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2937
2938 void
2939 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2940 {
2941 const char *p = list, *end;
2942
2943 while (*p != '\0')
2944 {
2945 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2946 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2947 if (end == NULL)
2948 end = p + strlen (p);
2949 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2950 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2951 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2952 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2953 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2954 excluded_libs = entry;
2955 if (*end == '\0')
2956 break;
2957 p = end + 1;
2958 }
2959 }
2960
2961 static void
2962 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2963 {
2964 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2965
2966 while (lib)
2967 {
2968 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2969 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2970
2971 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2972 {
2973 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2974 return;
2975 }
2976
2977 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2978 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2979 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2980 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2981 {
2982 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2983 return;
2984 }
2985
2986 lib = lib->next;
2987 }
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2991
2992 bfd_boolean
2993 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2994 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2995 {
2996 char **matching;
2997
2998 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2999 return TRUE;
3000
3001 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3002
3003 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3004 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3005 return TRUE;
3006
3007 if (trace_files || verbose)
3008 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3009
3010 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3011 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3012 {
3013 bfd_error_type err;
3014 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3015 extern FILE *yyin;
3016
3017 err = bfd_get_error ();
3018
3019 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3020 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3021 return TRUE;
3022
3023 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3024 {
3025 char **p;
3026
3027 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3028 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3029 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3030 einfo (" %s", *p);
3031 einfo ("%F\n");
3032 }
3033 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3034 || place == NULL)
3035 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3036
3037 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3038 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3039
3040 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3041 save_flags = input_flags;
3042 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3043
3044 push_stat_ptr (place);
3045 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3046 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3047 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3048 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3049 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3050 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3051
3052 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3053 parser_input = input_script;
3054 yyparse ();
3055 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3056
3057 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3058 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3059 again. */
3060 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3061 input_flags = save_flags;
3062 pop_stat_ptr ();
3063 fclose (yyin);
3064 yyin = NULL;
3065 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3066
3067 return TRUE;
3068 }
3069
3070 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3071 return TRUE;
3072
3073 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3074 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3075 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3076 which is used. */
3077 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3078 {
3079 default:
3080 break;
3081
3082 case bfd_object:
3083 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3084 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3085 break;
3086
3087 case bfd_archive:
3088 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3089
3090 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3091 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3092 {
3093 bfd *member = NULL;
3094 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3095
3096 for (;;)
3097 {
3098 bfd *subsbfd;
3099 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3100
3101 if (member == NULL)
3102 break;
3103
3104 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3105 {
3106 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3107 entry->the_bfd, member);
3108 loaded = FALSE;
3109 }
3110
3111 subsbfd = member;
3112 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3113 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3114 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3115 abort ();
3116
3117 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3118 substitute BFD for us. */
3119 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3120 {
3121 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3122 loaded = FALSE;
3123 }
3124 }
3125
3126 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3127 return loaded;
3128 }
3129 break;
3130 }
3131
3132 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3133 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3134 else
3135 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3136
3137 return entry->flags.loaded;
3138 }
3139
3140 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3141 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3142 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3143 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3144 the output section. */
3145
3146 static void
3147 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3148 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3149 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3150 {
3151 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3152
3153 if (s->handler_data[0]
3154 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3155 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3156 {
3157 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3158
3159 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3160
3161 tree = s->tree;
3162 if (tree)
3163 {
3164 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3165 s->tree = NULL;
3166 }
3167 }
3168 else
3169 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3170
3171 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3172 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3173 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3174 {
3175 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3176 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3177 default_common_section = output;
3178 break;
3179 }
3180 }
3181
3182 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3183
3184 static int
3185 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3186 {
3187 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3188
3189 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3190 }
3191
3192 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3193
3194 static void
3195 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3196 {
3197 char c;
3198
3199 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3200 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3201
3202 *dest = 0;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3206 from haystack. */
3207
3208 static void
3209 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3210 {
3211 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3212
3213 if (haystack)
3214 {
3215 char *src;
3216
3217 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3218 *haystack++ = *src++;
3219
3220 *haystack = 0;
3221 }
3222 }
3223
3224 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3225 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3226
3227 static int
3228 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3229 {
3230 char *copy1;
3231 char *copy2;
3232 int result;
3233
3234 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3235 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3236
3237 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3238 stricpy (copy1, first);
3239 stricpy (copy2, second);
3240
3241 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3242 strcut (copy1, "big");
3243 strcut (copy1, "little");
3244 strcut (copy2, "big");
3245 strcut (copy2, "little");
3246
3247 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3248 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3249 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3250 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3251 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3252 {
3253 result *= 10;
3254 break;
3255 }
3256
3257 free (copy1);
3258 free (copy2);
3259
3260 return result;
3261 }
3262
3263 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3264 static const bfd_target *winner;
3265
3266 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3267 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3268 match to the original output target. */
3269
3270 static int
3271 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3272 {
3273 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3274
3275 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3276 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3277 return 0;
3278
3279 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3280 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3281 return 0;
3282
3283 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3284 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3285 return 0;
3286
3287 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3288 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3289 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3290 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3291 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3292 return 0;
3293
3294 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3295 if (winner == NULL)
3296 {
3297 winner = target;
3298 return 0;
3299 }
3300
3301 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3302 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3303 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3304 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3305 winner = target;
3306
3307 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3308 return 0;
3309 }
3310
3311 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3312
3313 static const char *
3314 get_first_input_target (void)
3315 {
3316 const char *target = NULL;
3317
3318 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3319 {
3320 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3321 && s->flags.real)
3322 {
3323 ldfile_open_file (s);
3324
3325 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3326 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3327 {
3328 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3329
3330 if (target != NULL)
3331 break;
3332 }
3333 }
3334 }
3335
3336 return target;
3337 }
3338
3339 const char *
3340 lang_get_output_target (void)
3341 {
3342 const char *target;
3343
3344 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3345 if (output_target != NULL)
3346 return output_target;
3347
3348 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3349 the default? */
3350 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3351 return current_target;
3352
3353 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3354 target = get_first_input_target ();
3355 if (target != NULL)
3356 return target;
3357
3358 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3359 return default_target;
3360 }
3361
3362 /* Open the output file. */
3363
3364 static void
3365 open_output (const char *name)
3366 {
3367 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3368
3369 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3370 line? */
3371 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3372 {
3373 /* Get the chosen target. */
3374 const bfd_target *target
3375 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3376
3377 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3378 if (target != NULL)
3379 {
3380 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3381
3382 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3383 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3384 else
3385 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3386
3387 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3388 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3389 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3390 this. */
3391 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3392 {
3393 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3394 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3395 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3396 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3397 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3398 else
3399 {
3400 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3401 the default target, but which has the desired
3402 endian characteristic. */
3403 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3404 (void *) target);
3405
3406 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3407 satisfy our requirements. */
3408 if (winner == NULL)
3409 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3410 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3411 else
3412 output_target = winner->name;
3413 }
3414 }
3415 }
3416 }
3417
3418 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3419
3420 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3421 {
3422 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3423 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3424
3425 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3426 }
3427
3428 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3429
3430 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3431 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3432 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3433 ldfile_output_architecture,
3434 ldfile_output_machine))
3435 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3436
3437 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3438 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3439 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3440
3441 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3442 }
3443
3444 static void
3445 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3446 {
3447 switch (statement->header.type)
3448 {
3449 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3450 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3451 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3452 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3453 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3454 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3455 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3456 else
3457 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3458 if (config.text_read_only)
3459 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3460 else
3461 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3462 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3463 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3464 else
3465 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3466 break;
3467
3468 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3469 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3470 break;
3471 default:
3472 break;
3473 }
3474 }
3475
3476 static void
3477 init_opb (asection *s)
3478 {
3479 unsigned int x;
3480
3481 opb_shift = 0;
3482 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3483 && s != NULL
3484 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3485 return;
3486
3487 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3488 ldfile_output_machine);
3489 if (x > 1)
3490 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3491 {
3492 x >>= 1;
3493 ++opb_shift;
3494 }
3495 ASSERT (x == 1);
3496 }
3497
3498 /* Open all the input files. */
3499
3500 enum open_bfd_mode
3501 {
3502 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3503 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3504 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3505 };
3506 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3507 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3508 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3509 #endif
3510
3511 static void
3512 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3513 {
3514 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3515 {
3516 switch (s->header.type)
3517 {
3518 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3519 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3520 break;
3521 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3522 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3523 break;
3524 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3525 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3526 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3527 && s->wild_statement.filename
3528 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3529 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3530 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3531 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3532 break;
3533 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3534 {
3535 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3536 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3537 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3538 #endif
3539
3540 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3541 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3542 symbols. */
3543
3544 do
3545 {
3546 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3547 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3548 #endif
3549 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3550 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3551 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3552 }
3553 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3554 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3555 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3556 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3557 undefs. */
3558 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3559 #endif
3560 );
3561 }
3562 break;
3563 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3564 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3565 break;
3566 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3567 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3568 {
3569 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3570 lang_statement_list_type add;
3571 bfd *abfd;
3572
3573 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3574
3575 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3576 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3577 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3578 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3579 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3580 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3581 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3582 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3583 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3584 #endif
3585 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3586 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3587 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3588 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3589 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3590 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3591 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3592 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3593 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3594 {
3595 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3596 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3597 }
3598
3599 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3600 lang_list_init (&add);
3601
3602 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3603 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3604
3605 if (add.head != NULL)
3606 {
3607 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3608 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3609 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3610 section statement list. Very likely the user
3611 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3612 naive user expectations. */
3613 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3614 {
3615 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3616 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3617 s->input_statement.filename);
3618 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3619 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3620 }
3621 else
3622 {
3623 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3624 s->header.next = add.head;
3625 }
3626 }
3627 }
3628 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3629 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3630 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3631 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3632 plugin_insert = NULL;
3633 #endif
3634 break;
3635 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3636 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3637 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3638 break;
3639 default:
3640 break;
3641 }
3642 }
3643
3644 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3645 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3646 einfo ("%F");
3647 }
3648
3649 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3650 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3651 on. */
3652
3653 static void
3654 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3655 {
3656 int any_ctf = 0;
3657 int err;
3658
3659 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3660 {
3661 asection *sect;
3662
3663 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_file_t in them
3664 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3665 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3666 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3667
3668 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3669 {
3670 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3671 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in `%pI' not loaded: "
3672 "its types will be discarded: `%s'\n"), file,
3673 ctf_errmsg (err));
3674 continue;
3675 }
3676
3677 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3678 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output. */
3679 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3680 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3681 sect->size = 0;
3682 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3683
3684 any_ctf = 1;
3685 }
3686
3687 if (!any_ctf)
3688 {
3689 ctf_output = NULL;
3690 return;
3691 }
3692
3693 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3694 return;
3695
3696 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3697 ctf_errmsg (err));
3698
3699 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3700 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3701 }
3702
3703 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3704 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3705
3706 static void
3707 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3708 {
3709 asection *output_sect;
3710
3711 if (!ctf_output)
3712 return;
3713
3714 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3715
3716 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3717 if (output_sect == NULL)
3718 {
3719 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3720 ctf_output = NULL;
3721
3722 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3723 {
3724 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3725 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3726 }
3727 return;
3728 }
3729
3730 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3731 {
3732 if (!file->the_ctf)
3733 continue;
3734
3735 /* Takes ownership of file->u.the_ctfa. */
3736 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3737 {
3738 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot link with CTF in %pB: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3739 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3740 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3741 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3742 continue;
3743 }
3744 }
3745
3746 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED) < 0)
3747 {
3748 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF linking failed; output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3749 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3750 if (output_sect)
3751 {
3752 output_sect->size = 0;
3753 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3754 }
3755 }
3756 }
3757
3758 /* Let the emulation examine the symbol table and strtab to help it optimize the
3759 CTF, if supported. */
3760
3761 void
3762 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms, bfd_size_type symcount,
3763 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab)
3764 {
3765 ldemul_examine_strtab_for_ctf (ctf_output, syms, symcount, symstrtab);
3766 }
3767
3768 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3769 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3770 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3771 static void
3772 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3773 {
3774 size_t output_size;
3775 asection *output_sect;
3776
3777 if (!ctf_output)
3778 return;
3779
3780 if (late)
3781 {
3782 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3783 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3784 return;
3785 }
3786 else
3787 {
3788 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3789 return;
3790 }
3791
3792 /* Emit CTF. */
3793
3794 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3795 if (output_sect)
3796 {
3797 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3798 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3799 output_sect->size = output_size;
3800 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3801
3802 if (!output_sect->contents)
3803 {
3804 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF section emission failed; output will have no "
3805 "CTF section: %s\n"), ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3806 output_sect->size = 0;
3807 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3808 }
3809 }
3810
3811 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3812 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3813 ctf_output = NULL;
3814
3815 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3816 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3820
3821 void
3822 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3823 {
3824 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3825
3826 lang_write_ctf (1);
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3830 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3831 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3832 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3833 name to the symbol table. */
3834
3835 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3836
3837 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3838
3839 void
3840 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3841 {
3842 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3843
3844 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3845 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3846 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3847 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3848
3849 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3850
3851 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3852 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3856
3857 static void
3858 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3859 {
3860 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3861
3862 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3863 if (h == NULL)
3864 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3865 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3866 {
3867 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3868 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3869 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3870 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3871 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3872 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3873 }
3874 }
3875
3876 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3877 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3878 script file. */
3879
3880 static void
3881 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3882 {
3883 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3884
3885 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3886 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3887 }
3888
3889 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3890 be defined. */
3891
3892 struct require_defined_symbol
3893 {
3894 const char *name;
3895 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3896 };
3897
3898 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3899
3900 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3901
3902 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3903 defined. */
3904
3905 void
3906 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3907 {
3908 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3909
3910 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3911 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3912 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3913 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3914 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3918 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3919
3920 static void
3921 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3922 {
3923 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3924
3925 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3926 {
3927 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3928
3929 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3930 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3931 if (h == NULL
3932 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3933 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3934 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3935 }
3936 }
3937
3938 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3939
3940 static void
3941 check_input_sections
3942 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3943 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3944 {
3945 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3946 {
3947 switch (s->header.type)
3948 {
3949 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3950 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3951 output_section_statement);
3952 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3953 return;
3954 break;
3955 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3956 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3957 output_section_statement);
3958 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3959 return;
3960 break;
3961 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3962 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3963 output_section_statement);
3964 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3965 return;
3966 break;
3967 default:
3968 break;
3969 }
3970 }
3971 }
3972
3973 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3974
3975 static void
3976 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3977 {
3978 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3979
3980 switch (sort_section)
3981 {
3982 default:
3983 FAIL ();
3984
3985 case none:
3986 break;
3987
3988 case by_name:
3989 case by_alignment:
3990 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3991 {
3992 switch (s->header.type)
3993 {
3994 default:
3995 break;
3996
3997 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3998 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3999 sec = sec->next)
4000 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4001 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4002 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4003 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4004 {
4005 case none:
4006 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4007 break;
4008 case by_name:
4009 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4010 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4011 break;
4012 case by_alignment:
4013 if (sort_section == by_name)
4014 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4015 break;
4016 default:
4017 break;
4018 }
4019 break;
4020
4021 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4022 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4023 break;
4024
4025 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4026 update_wild_statements
4027 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4028 break;
4029
4030 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4031 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4032 break;
4033 }
4034 }
4035 break;
4036 }
4037 }
4038
4039 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 map_input_to_output_sections
4043 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4044 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4045 {
4046 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4047 {
4048 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4049 flagword flags;
4050
4051 switch (s->header.type)
4052 {
4053 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4054 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4055 break;
4056 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4057 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4058 target,
4059 os);
4060 break;
4061 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4062 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4063 if (tos->constraint != 0)
4064 {
4065 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
4066 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
4067 break;
4068 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
4069 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4070 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4071 {
4072 tos->constraint = -1;
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 }
4076 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4077 target,
4078 tos);
4079 break;
4080 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4081 break;
4082 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4083 target = s->target_statement.target;
4084 break;
4085 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4086 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4087 target,
4088 os);
4089 break;
4090 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4091 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4092 are initialized. */
4093 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4094 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4095 these may be overridden by the script. */
4096 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4097 switch (os->sectype)
4098 {
4099 case normal_section:
4100 case overlay_section:
4101 case first_overlay_section:
4102 break;
4103 case noalloc_section:
4104 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4105 break;
4106 case noload_section:
4107 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4108 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4109 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4110 else
4111 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4112 break;
4113 }
4114 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4115 init_os (os, flags);
4116 else
4117 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4118 break;
4119 case lang_input_section_enum:
4120 break;
4121 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4122 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4123 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4124 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4125 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4126 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4127 init_os (os, 0);
4128 break;
4129 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4130 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4131 init_os (os, 0);
4132
4133 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4134 are initialized. */
4135 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4136 break;
4137 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4138 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4139 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4140 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4141 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4142 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4143 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4144 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4145 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4146 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4147 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4148 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4149 {
4150 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4151
4152 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4153 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4154 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4155 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4156 will affect following script sections, which is
4157 likely to surprise naive users. */
4158 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
4159 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4160 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4161 init_os (tos, 0);
4162 }
4163 break;
4164 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4165 break;
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4171 start of the list and places them after the output section
4172 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4173 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4174 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4175 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4176 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4177 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4178 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4179 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4180 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4181 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4182 can end up looking odd. */
4183
4184 static void
4185 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4186 {
4187 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4188 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4189 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4190 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4191
4192 s = start;
4193 while (*s != NULL)
4194 {
4195 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4196 {
4197 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4198 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4199 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4200
4201 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4202 last_os = os;
4203
4204 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4205 won't match this output section statement. At this
4206 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4207 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4208 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4209 if (first_os == NULL)
4210 first_os = last_os;
4211 }
4212 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4213 {
4214 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4215 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4216 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4217 behaviour. For example:
4218 #! /bin/sh
4219 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4220 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4221 group statement for insert statements. */
4222 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4223 }
4224 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4225 {
4226 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4227 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4228 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4229 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4230
4231 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4232 {
4233 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4234 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4235 }
4236
4237 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4238 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4239 {
4240 do
4241 where = where->prev;
4242 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4243 }
4244 if (where == NULL)
4245 {
4246 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4247 return;
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4251 if (last_os != NULL)
4252 {
4253 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4254 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4255
4256 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4257 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4258 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4259 {
4260 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4261 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4262 }
4263 else
4264 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4265 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4266 last_os->next = where->next;
4267 if (where->next == NULL)
4268 {
4269 next = &last_os->next;
4270 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4271 }
4272 else
4273 where->next->prev = last_os;
4274 first_os->prev = where;
4275 where->next = first_os;
4276
4277 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4278 first_sec = NULL;
4279 last_sec = NULL;
4280 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4281 {
4282 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4283 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4284 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4285 {
4286 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4287 if (first_sec == NULL)
4288 first_sec = last_sec;
4289 }
4290 if (os == last_os)
4291 break;
4292 }
4293 if (last_sec != NULL)
4294 {
4295 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4296 if (sec == NULL)
4297 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4298
4299 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4300 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4301 section or if the section is the same as our
4302 last section, then no move is needed. */
4303 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4304 {
4305 /* Trim them off. */
4306 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4307 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4308 else
4309 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4310 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4311 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4312 else
4313 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4314 /* Add back. */
4315 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4316 if (sec->next != NULL)
4317 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4318 else
4319 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4320 first_sec->prev = sec;
4321 sec->next = first_sec;
4322 }
4323 }
4324
4325 first_os = NULL;
4326 last_os = NULL;
4327 }
4328
4329 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4330 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4331 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4332 first = *start;
4333 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4334 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4335 *s = *ptr;
4336 if (*s == NULL)
4337 statement_list.tail = s;
4338 *ptr = first;
4339 s = start;
4340 continue;
4341 }
4342 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4343 }
4344
4345 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4346 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4347 {
4348 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4349 if (os == last_os)
4350 break;
4351 }
4352 }
4353
4354 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4355 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4356 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4357
4358 void
4359 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4360 {
4361 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4362
4363 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4364 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4365 {
4366 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4367 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4368 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4369 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4370 }
4371
4372 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4373 os != NULL;
4374 os = os->next)
4375 {
4376 asection *output_section;
4377 bfd_boolean exclude;
4378
4379 if (os->constraint < 0)
4380 continue;
4381
4382 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4383 if (output_section == NULL)
4384 continue;
4385
4386 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4387 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4388 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4389 output_section));
4390
4391 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4392 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4393 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4394 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4395 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4396 {
4397 asection *s;
4398
4399 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4400 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4401 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4402 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4403 {
4404 exclude = FALSE;
4405 break;
4406 }
4407 }
4408
4409 if (exclude)
4410 {
4411 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4412 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4413 if (!os->update_dot)
4414 os->ignored = TRUE;
4415 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4416 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4417 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4418 }
4419 }
4420 }
4421
4422 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4423 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4424
4425 void
4426 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4427 {
4428 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4429
4430 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4431 return;
4432
4433 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4434 os != NULL;
4435 os = os->next)
4436 {
4437 asection *output_section;
4438
4439 if (os->constraint < 0)
4440 continue;
4441
4442 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4443 if (output_section == NULL)
4444 continue;
4445
4446 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4447 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4448 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4449 }
4450
4451 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4452 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4453 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4454 }
4455
4456 static void
4457 print_output_section_statement
4458 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4459 {
4460 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4461 int len;
4462
4463 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4464 {
4465 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4466
4467 if (section != NULL)
4468 {
4469 print_dot = section->vma;
4470
4471 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4472 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4473 {
4474 print_nl ();
4475 len = 0;
4476 }
4477 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4478 {
4479 print_space ();
4480 ++len;
4481 }
4482
4483 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4484
4485 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4486 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4487
4488 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4489 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4490 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4491 }
4492
4493 print_nl ();
4494 }
4495
4496 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4497 output_section_statement);
4498 }
4499
4500 static void
4501 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4502 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4503 {
4504 unsigned int i;
4505 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4506 etree_type *tree;
4507 asection *osec;
4508
4509 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4510 print_space ();
4511
4512 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4513 {
4514 is_dot = FALSE;
4515 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4516 }
4517 else
4518 {
4519 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4520
4521 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4522 tree = assignment->exp;
4523 }
4524
4525 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4526 if (osec == NULL)
4527 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4528
4529 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4530 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4531 else
4532 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4533
4534 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4535 {
4536 bfd_vma value;
4537
4538 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4539 || is_dot
4540 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4541 {
4542 value = expld.result.value;
4543
4544 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4545 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4546
4547 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4548 if (is_dot)
4549 print_dot = value;
4550 }
4551 else
4552 {
4553 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4554
4555 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4556 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4557 if (h != NULL
4558 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4559 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4560 {
4561 value = h->u.def.value;
4562 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4563 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4564
4565 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4566 }
4567 else
4568 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4569 }
4570 }
4571 else
4572 {
4573 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4574 minfo ("[!provide]");
4575 else
4576 minfo ("*undef* ");
4577 #ifdef BFD64
4578 minfo (" ");
4579 #endif
4580 }
4581 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4582
4583 minfo (" ");
4584 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4585 print_nl ();
4586 }
4587
4588 static void
4589 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4590 {
4591 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4592 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4593 }
4594
4595 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4596 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4597
4598 static bfd_boolean
4599 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4600 {
4601 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4602
4603 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4604 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4605 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4606 {
4607 int i;
4608
4609 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4610 print_space ();
4611 minfo ("0x%V ",
4612 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4613 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4614 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4615
4616 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4617 }
4618
4619 return TRUE;
4620 }
4621
4622 static int
4623 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4624 {
4625 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4626 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4627
4628 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4629 return -1;
4630 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4631 return 1;
4632 else
4633 return 0;
4634 }
4635
4636 static void
4637 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4638 {
4639 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4640 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4641 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4642 unsigned int i;
4643
4644 if (!ud)
4645 return;
4646
4647 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4648
4649 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4650 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4651 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4652 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4653
4654 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4655 entries[i] = def->entry;
4656
4657 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4658 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4659
4660 /* Print the symbols. */
4661 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4662 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4663
4664 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4665 }
4666
4667 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4668
4669 static void
4670 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4671 {
4672 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4673 int len;
4674 bfd_vma addr;
4675
4676 init_opb (i);
4677
4678 print_space ();
4679 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4680
4681 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4682 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4683 {
4684 print_nl ();
4685 len = 0;
4686 }
4687 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4688 {
4689 print_space ();
4690 ++len;
4691 }
4692
4693 if (i->output_section != NULL
4694 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4695 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4696 else
4697 {
4698 addr = print_dot;
4699 if (!is_discarded)
4700 size = 0;
4701 }
4702
4703 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4704
4705 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4706 {
4707 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4708 #ifdef BFD64
4709 len += 16;
4710 #else
4711 len += 8;
4712 #endif
4713 while (len > 0)
4714 {
4715 print_space ();
4716 --len;
4717 }
4718
4719 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4720 }
4721
4722 if (i->output_section != NULL
4723 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4724 {
4725 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4726 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4727 else
4728 print_all_symbols (i);
4729
4730 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4731 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4732 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4733 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4734 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4735 }
4736 }
4737
4738 static void
4739 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4740 {
4741 size_t size;
4742 unsigned char *p;
4743 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4744 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4745 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4746 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4747 }
4748
4749 static void
4750 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4751 {
4752 int i;
4753 bfd_vma addr;
4754 bfd_size_type size;
4755 const char *name;
4756
4757 init_opb (data->output_section);
4758 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4759 print_space ();
4760
4761 addr = data->output_offset;
4762 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4763 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4764
4765 switch (data->type)
4766 {
4767 default:
4768 abort ();
4769 case BYTE:
4770 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4771 name = "BYTE";
4772 break;
4773 case SHORT:
4774 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4775 name = "SHORT";
4776 break;
4777 case LONG:
4778 size = LONG_SIZE;
4779 name = "LONG";
4780 break;
4781 case QUAD:
4782 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4783 name = "QUAD";
4784 break;
4785 case SQUAD:
4786 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4787 name = "SQUAD";
4788 break;
4789 }
4790
4791 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4792 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4793 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4794
4795 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4796 {
4797 print_space ();
4798 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4799 }
4800
4801 print_nl ();
4802
4803 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4804 }
4805
4806 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4807 -Ttext. */
4808
4809 static void
4810 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4811 {
4812 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4813 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4814 print_nl ();
4815 }
4816
4817 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4818
4819 static void
4820 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4821 {
4822 int i;
4823 bfd_vma addr;
4824 bfd_size_type size;
4825
4826 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4827 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4828 print_space ();
4829
4830 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4831 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4832 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4833
4834 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4835
4836 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4837
4838 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4839 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4840 else
4841 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4842
4843 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4844
4845 print_nl ();
4846
4847 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4848 }
4849
4850 static void
4851 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4852 {
4853 int len;
4854 bfd_vma addr;
4855
4856 init_opb (s->output_section);
4857 minfo (" *fill*");
4858
4859 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4860 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4861 {
4862 print_space ();
4863 ++len;
4864 }
4865
4866 addr = s->output_offset;
4867 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4868 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4869 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4870
4871 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4872 {
4873 size_t size;
4874 unsigned char *p;
4875 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4876 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4877 }
4878
4879 print_nl ();
4880
4881 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4882 }
4883
4884 static void
4885 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4886 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4887 {
4888 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4889
4890 print_space ();
4891
4892 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4893 {
4894 name_list *tmp;
4895 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4896 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4897 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4898 minfo (") ");
4899 }
4900
4901 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4902 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4903 if (w->filename != NULL)
4904 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4905 else
4906 minfo ("*");
4907 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4908 minfo (")");
4909
4910 minfo ("(");
4911 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4912 {
4913 int closing_paren = 0;
4914
4915 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4916 {
4917 case none:
4918 break;
4919
4920 case by_name:
4921 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4922 closing_paren = 1;
4923 break;
4924
4925 case by_alignment:
4926 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4927 closing_paren = 1;
4928 break;
4929
4930 case by_name_alignment:
4931 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4932 closing_paren = 2;
4933 break;
4934
4935 case by_alignment_name:
4936 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4937 closing_paren = 2;
4938 break;
4939
4940 case by_none:
4941 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4942 closing_paren = 1;
4943 break;
4944
4945 case by_init_priority:
4946 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4947 closing_paren = 1;
4948 break;
4949 }
4950
4951 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4952 {
4953 name_list *tmp;
4954 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4955 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4956 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4957 minfo (") ");
4958 }
4959 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4960 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4961 else
4962 minfo ("*");
4963 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4964 minfo (")");
4965 if (sec->next)
4966 minfo (" ");
4967 }
4968 minfo (")");
4969
4970 print_nl ();
4971
4972 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4973 }
4974
4975 /* Print a group statement. */
4976
4977 static void
4978 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4979 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4980 {
4981 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4982 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4983 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4987 This can be called for any statement type. */
4988
4989 static void
4990 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4991 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4992 {
4993 while (s != NULL)
4994 {
4995 print_statement (s, os);
4996 s = s->header.next;
4997 }
4998 }
4999
5000 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5001 This can be called for any statement type. */
5002
5003 static void
5004 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5005 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5006 {
5007 switch (s->header.type)
5008 {
5009 default:
5010 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5011 FAIL ();
5012 break;
5013 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5014 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5015 {
5016 if (constructors_sorted)
5017 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5018 else
5019 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5020 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5021 }
5022 break;
5023 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5024 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5025 break;
5026 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5027 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5028 break;
5029 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5030 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5031 break;
5032 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5033 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5034 break;
5035 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5036 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5037 break;
5038 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5039 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5040 break;
5041 case lang_input_section_enum:
5042 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
5043 break;
5044 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5045 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5046 break;
5047 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5048 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5049 break;
5050 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5051 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5052 break;
5053 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5054 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5055 break;
5056 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5057 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5058 if (output_target != NULL)
5059 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5060 minfo (")\n");
5061 break;
5062 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5063 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5064 break;
5065 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5066 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5067 break;
5068 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5069 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5070 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5071 s->insert_statement.where);
5072 break;
5073 }
5074 }
5075
5076 static void
5077 print_statements (void)
5078 {
5079 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5080 }
5081
5082 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5083 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5084 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5085 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5086
5087 void
5088 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5089 {
5090 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5091
5092 config.map_file = stderr;
5093
5094 if (n < 0)
5095 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5096 else
5097 {
5098 while (s && --n >= 0)
5099 {
5100 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5101 s = s->header.next;
5102 }
5103 }
5104
5105 config.map_file = map_save;
5106 }
5107
5108 static void
5109 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5110 fill_type *fill,
5111 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5112 asection *output_section,
5113 bfd_vma dot)
5114 {
5115 static fill_type zero_fill;
5116 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5117
5118 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5119 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5120 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5121 if (pad != NULL
5122 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5123 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5124 {
5125 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5126 }
5127 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5128 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5129 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5130 {
5131 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5132 }
5133 else
5134 {
5135 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5136 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5137 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5138 *ptr = pad;
5139 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5140 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5141 if (fill == NULL)
5142 fill = &zero_fill;
5143 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5144 }
5145 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5146 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5147 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5148 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5149 - output_section->vma);
5150 }
5151
5152 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5153
5154 static bfd_vma
5155 size_input_section
5156 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5157 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5158 fill_type *fill,
5159 bfd_boolean *removed,
5160 bfd_vma dot)
5161 {
5162 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5163 asection *i = is->section;
5164 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5165 *removed = 0;
5166
5167 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5168 {
5169 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5170 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5171 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5172 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5173 have reinitialized its size. */
5174 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5175 {
5176 *removed = 1;
5177 return dot;
5178 }
5179 }
5180
5181 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5182 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5183 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5184 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5185 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5186 else
5187 {
5188 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5189
5190 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5191 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5192 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5193 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5194
5195 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5196 i->alignment_power
5197 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5198 "subsection alignment");
5199
5200 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5201 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5202
5203 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5204
5205 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5206 {
5207 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5208 dot += alignment_needed;
5209 }
5210
5211 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5212 {
5213 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5214 list. */
5215 if (output_section_statement->region)
5216 {
5217 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5218 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5219
5220 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5221 {
5222 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5223 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5224 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5225 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5226
5227 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5228 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5229 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5230 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5231 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5232
5233 *removed = 1;
5234 dot = end;
5235 i->output_section = NULL;
5236 return dot;
5237 }
5238 }
5239 }
5240
5241 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5242 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5243
5244 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5245 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5246 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5247 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5248
5249 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5250 {
5251 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5252 its actual output section too. */
5253 i->already_assigned = o;
5254 i->output_section = o;
5255 }
5256 }
5257
5258 return dot;
5259 }
5260
5261 struct check_sec
5262 {
5263 asection *sec;
5264 bfd_boolean warned;
5265 };
5266
5267 static int
5268 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5269 {
5270 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5271 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5272
5273 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5274 return -1;
5275 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5276 return 1;
5277 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5278 return -1;
5279 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5280 return 1;
5281
5282 return 0;
5283 }
5284
5285 static int
5286 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5287 {
5288 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5289 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5290
5291 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5292 return -1;
5293 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5294 return 1;
5295 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5296 return -1;
5297 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5298 return 1;
5299
5300 return 0;
5301 }
5302
5303 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5304 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5305
5306 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5307 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5308
5309 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5310 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5311 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5312 region has overflowed. */
5313
5314 static void
5315 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5316 {
5317 asection *s, *p;
5318 struct check_sec *sections;
5319 size_t i, count;
5320 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5321 bfd_vma s_start;
5322 bfd_vma s_end;
5323 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5324 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5325 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5326 bfd_boolean overlays;
5327
5328 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5329 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5330 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5331 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5332 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5333 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5334 {
5335 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5336 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5337 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5338 s->name);
5339 else
5340 {
5341 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5342 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5343 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5344 s->name);
5345 }
5346 }
5347
5348 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5349 return;
5350
5351 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5352 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5353
5354 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5355 count = 0;
5356 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5357 {
5358 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5359 || s->size == 0)
5360 continue;
5361
5362 sections[count].sec = s;
5363 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5364 count++;
5365 }
5366
5367 if (count <= 1)
5368 {
5369 free (sections);
5370 return;
5371 }
5372
5373 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5374
5375 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5376 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5377 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5378 {
5379 s = sections[i].sec;
5380 init_opb (s);
5381 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5382 {
5383 s_start = s->lma;
5384 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5385
5386 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5387 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5388 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5389 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5390 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5391 if (p != NULL
5392 && (s_start <= p_end
5393 || p_end < p_start))
5394 {
5395 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5396 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5397 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5398 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5399 }
5400 p = s;
5401 p_start = s_start;
5402 p_end = s_end;
5403 }
5404 }
5405
5406 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5407 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5408 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5409 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5410 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5411 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5412 overlays = FALSE;
5413 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5414 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5415 {
5416 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5417 if (p_start == s_start)
5418 {
5419 overlays = TRUE;
5420 break;
5421 }
5422 p_start = s_start;
5423 }
5424
5425 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5426 if (!overlays)
5427 {
5428 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5429 {
5430 s = sections[i].sec;
5431 init_opb (s);
5432 s_start = s->vma;
5433 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5434
5435 if (p != NULL
5436 && !sections[i].warned
5437 && (s_start <= p_end
5438 || p_end < p_start))
5439 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5440 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5441 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5442 p = s;
5443 p_start = s_start;
5444 p_end = s_end;
5445 }
5446 }
5447
5448 free (sections);
5449
5450 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5451 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5452 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5453 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5454
5455 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5456 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5457 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5458 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5459 if (m->had_full_message)
5460 {
5461 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5462 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5463 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5464 over),
5465 m->name_list.name, over);
5466 }
5467 }
5468
5469 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5470 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5471 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5472 calculation wraps around. */
5473
5474 static void
5475 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5476 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5477 etree_type *tree,
5478 bfd_vma rbase)
5479 {
5480 if ((region->current < region->origin
5481 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5482 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5483 || rbase == 0))
5484 {
5485 if (tree != NULL)
5486 {
5487 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5488 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5489 region->current,
5490 os->bfd_section->owner,
5491 os->bfd_section->name,
5492 region->name_list.name);
5493 }
5494 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5495 {
5496 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5497
5498 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5499 os->bfd_section->owner,
5500 os->bfd_section->name,
5501 region->name_list.name);
5502 }
5503 }
5504 }
5505
5506 static void
5507 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5508 seg_align_type *seg)
5509 {
5510 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5511 {
5512 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5513 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5514 else
5515 {
5516 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5517 }
5518 }
5519 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5520 {
5521 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5522 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5523 else
5524 {
5525 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5526 }
5527 }
5528 }
5529
5530 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5531
5532 static bfd_vma
5533 lang_size_sections_1
5534 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5535 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5536 fill_type *fill,
5537 bfd_vma dot,
5538 bfd_boolean *relax,
5539 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5540 {
5541 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5542 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5543 bfd_boolean removed_prev_s = FALSE;
5544
5545 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5546 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5547 {
5548 bfd_boolean removed=FALSE;
5549
5550 switch (s->header.type)
5551 {
5552 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5553 {
5554 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5555 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5556 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5557 int section_alignment = 0;
5558
5559 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5560 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5561 if (os->constraint == -1)
5562 break;
5563
5564 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5565 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5566 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5567 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5568 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5569 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5570 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5571 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5572 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5573 {
5574 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5575 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5576
5577 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5578 {
5579 dot = expld.result.value;
5580 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5581 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5582 }
5583 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5584 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5585 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5586 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5587 }
5588
5589 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5590 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5591 break;
5592
5593 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5594 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5595 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5596 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5597 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5598 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5599 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5600 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5601 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5602 {
5603 asection *input;
5604
5605 if (os->children.head == NULL
5606 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5607 || (os->children.head->header.type
5608 != lang_input_section_enum))
5609 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5610 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5611
5612 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5613 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5614 bfd_section_vma (input));
5615 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5616 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5617 break;
5618 }
5619
5620 newdot = dot;
5621 dotdelta = 0;
5622 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5623 {
5624 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5625 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5626 }
5627 else
5628 {
5629 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5630 {
5631 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5632 from the region specification. */
5633 if (os->region == NULL
5634 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5635 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5636 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5637 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5638 {
5639 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5640 }
5641
5642 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5643 region, and some non default memory regions were
5644 defined, issue an error message. */
5645 if (!os->ignored
5646 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5647 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5648 && check_regions
5649 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5650 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5651 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5652 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5653 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5654 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5655 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5656 {
5657 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5658 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5659 default memory region we can end up creating an
5660 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5661 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5662 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5663 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5664 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5665 switch. */
5666 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5667 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5668 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5669 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5670 else
5671 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5672 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5673 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5674 }
5675
5676 newdot = os->region->current;
5677 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5678 }
5679 else
5680 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5681 "section alignment");
5682
5683 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5684 if (section_alignment > 0)
5685 {
5686 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5687 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5688
5689 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5690 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5691
5692 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5693 diff = dotdelta;
5694 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5695 {
5696 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5697 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5698 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5699 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5700 diff = 0;
5701 }
5702 if (diff != 0
5703 && (config.warn_section_align
5704 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5705 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5706 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5707 os->name, (long) diff);
5708 }
5709
5710 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5711
5712 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5713 }
5714
5715 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5716 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5717
5718 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5719
5720 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5721 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5722 no output section should change from zero size
5723 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5724 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5725 input section was not sized early enough. */
5726 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5727 else
5728 {
5729 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5730
5731 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5732 align at the block boundary. */
5733 after = ((dot
5734 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5735 + os->block_value - 1)
5736 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5737
5738 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5739 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5740 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5741 }
5742
5743 /* Set section lma. */
5744 r = os->region;
5745 if (r == NULL)
5746 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5747
5748 if (os->load_base)
5749 {
5750 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5751 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5752 }
5753 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5754 {
5755 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5756
5757 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5758 lma += dotdelta;
5759 else
5760 {
5761 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5762 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5763 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5764 only align according to the value in the output
5765 statement. */
5766 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5767 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5768 "section alignment");
5769 if (section_alignment > 0)
5770 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5771 }
5772 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5773 }
5774 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5775 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5776 {
5777 bfd_vma lma;
5778 asection *last;
5779
5780 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5781
5782 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5783 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5784 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5785 create overlapping LMAs. */
5786 if (dot < last->vma
5787 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5788 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5789 {
5790 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5791 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5792 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5793 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5794 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5795
5796 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5797 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5798 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5799 }
5800 else
5801 {
5802 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5803 at the end of the previous section. */
5804 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5805 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5806
5807 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5808 as the previous section. */
5809 else
5810 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5811
5812 if (section_alignment > 0)
5813 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5814 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5815 }
5816 }
5817 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5818
5819 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5820 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5821 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5822 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5823 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5824 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5825 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5826 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5827 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5828 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5829 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5830 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5831 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5832 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5833 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5834 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5835 || (r->last_os == NULL
5836 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5837 || (r->last_os != NULL
5838 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5839 .bfd_section->vma))))
5840 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5841 && os->lma_region == NULL
5842 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5843 r->last_os = s;
5844
5845 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5846 break;
5847
5848 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5849 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5850 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5851 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5852 else
5853 dotdelta = 0;
5854 dot += dotdelta;
5855
5856 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5857 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5858
5859 /* Update dot in the region ?
5860 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5861 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5862 overall size in memory. */
5863 if (os->region != NULL
5864 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5865 {
5866 os->region->current = dot;
5867
5868 if (check_regions)
5869 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5870 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5871 os->bfd_section->vma);
5872
5873 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5874 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5875 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5876 {
5877 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5878
5879 if (check_regions)
5880 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5881 os->bfd_section->lma);
5882 }
5883 }
5884 }
5885 break;
5886
5887 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5888 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5889 output_section_statement,
5890 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5891 break;
5892
5893 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5894 {
5895 unsigned int size = 0;
5896
5897 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5898 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5899 s->data_statement.output_section =
5900 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5901
5902 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5903 need to mark them as needed. */
5904 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5905
5906 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5907 {
5908 default:
5909 abort ();
5910 case QUAD:
5911 case SQUAD:
5912 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5913 break;
5914 case LONG:
5915 size = LONG_SIZE;
5916 break;
5917 case SHORT:
5918 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5919 break;
5920 case BYTE:
5921 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5922 break;
5923 }
5924 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5925 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5926 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5927 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5928 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5929 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5930 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5931
5932 }
5933 break;
5934
5935 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5936 {
5937 int size;
5938
5939 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5940 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5941 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5942 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5943 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5944 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5945 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5946 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5947 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5948 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5949 }
5950 break;
5951
5952 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5953 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5954 output_section_statement,
5955 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5956 break;
5957
5958 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5959 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5960 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5961 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5962 break;
5963
5964 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5965 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5966 break;
5967
5968 case lang_input_section_enum:
5969 {
5970 asection *i;
5971
5972 i = s->input_section.section;
5973 if (relax)
5974 {
5975 bfd_boolean again;
5976
5977 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5978 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5979 if (again)
5980 *relax = TRUE;
5981 }
5982 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5983 fill, &removed, dot);
5984 }
5985 break;
5986
5987 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5988 break;
5989
5990 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5991 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5992 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5993
5994 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5995 break;
5996
5997 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5998 {
5999 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6000 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6001
6002 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6003
6004 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6005 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6006 &newdot);
6007
6008 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
6009
6010 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6011
6012 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6013 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6014 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6015 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6016 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6017 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6018
6019 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6020 {
6021 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6022 {
6023 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6024 the default memory address. */
6025 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6026 FALSE)->current = newdot;
6027 }
6028 else if (newdot != dot)
6029 {
6030 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6031 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6032 assignment references dot. */
6033 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6034 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6035
6036 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6037 s = s->header.next;
6038
6039 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6040 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6041 user has explicitly stated that the section
6042 should not be allocated. */
6043 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6044 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6045 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6046 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6047 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6048 }
6049 dot = newdot;
6050 }
6051 }
6052 break;
6053
6054 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6055 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6056 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6057 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6058 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6059 will be added back in. */
6060 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6061
6062 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6063 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6064 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6065 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6066 a pad size of zero. */
6067 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6068 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6069 break;
6070
6071 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6072 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6073 output_section_statement,
6074 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6075 break;
6076
6077 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6078 break;
6079
6080 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6081 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6082 break;
6083
6084 default:
6085 FAIL ();
6086 break;
6087 }
6088
6089 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6090 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6091 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6092 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6093 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6094 {
6095 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6096 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6097 if (removed_prev_s)
6098 prev_s = NULL;
6099
6100 if (prev_s)
6101 {
6102 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6103 the current one. */
6104 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6105 s = prev_s;
6106 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6107 }
6108 else
6109 {
6110 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6111 *prev = s->header.next;
6112 removed_prev_s = TRUE;
6113 }
6114
6115 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6116 list. */
6117 if (!removed_prev_s)
6118 prev = &s->header.next;
6119 }
6120 else
6121 {
6122 prev = &s->header.next;
6123 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6124 }
6125 }
6126 return dot;
6127 }
6128
6129 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6130 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6131 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6132 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6133
6134 bfd_boolean
6135 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6136 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6137 asection *current_section,
6138 asection *previous_section,
6139 bfd_boolean new_segment)
6140 {
6141 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6142 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6143
6144 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6145 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6146 if (new_segment)
6147 return TRUE;
6148
6149 /* Paranoia checks. */
6150 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6151 return new_segment;
6152
6153 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6154 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6155 if (config.separate_code
6156 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6157 return TRUE;
6158
6159 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6160 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6161 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6162 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6163 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6164 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6165
6166 /* More paranoia. */
6167 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6168 return new_segment;
6169
6170 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6171 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6172 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6173 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6174 return cur->region != prev->region;
6175 }
6176
6177 void
6178 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6179 {
6180 lang_statement_iteration++;
6181 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6182 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6183 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6184 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6185 }
6186
6187 static bfd_boolean
6188 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6189 {
6190 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6191 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6192 bfd_vma first, last;
6193
6194 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6195 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6196 if (first && last
6197 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6198 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6199 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6200 {
6201 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6202 return TRUE;
6203 }
6204
6205 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6206 return FALSE;
6207 }
6208
6209 static bfd_vma
6210 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6211 {
6212 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6213 asection *sec;
6214
6215 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6216 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6217 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6218
6219 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6220 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6221
6222 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6223 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6224 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6225 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6226 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6227 {
6228 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6229 desired? */
6230 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6231
6232 end = start = sec->vma;
6233 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6234 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6235 bump = desired_end - end;
6236 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6237 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6238 start += bump;
6239 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6240 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6241 desired_end = start;
6242 }
6243
6244 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6245 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6246 seg->base = desired_end;
6247 return relro_end;
6248 }
6249
6250 static bfd_boolean
6251 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6252 {
6253 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
6254 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
6255 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
6256
6257 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6258 {
6259 do_data_relro = TRUE;
6260 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6261 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6262 }
6263 else
6264 {
6265 do_data_relro = FALSE;
6266 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
6267 }
6268
6269 if (do_data_relro)
6270 {
6271 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6272 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6273
6274 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6275 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6276 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6277 {
6278 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6279 do_reset = TRUE;
6280 }
6281 }
6282
6283 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6284 do_reset = TRUE;
6285
6286 return do_reset;
6287 }
6288
6289 void
6290 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6291 {
6292 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6293 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6294
6295 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6296
6297 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6298 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6299
6300 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6301 {
6302 bfd_boolean do_reset
6303 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6304
6305 if (do_reset)
6306 {
6307 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6308 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6309 }
6310
6311 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6312 {
6313 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6314 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6315 }
6316 }
6317 }
6318
6319 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6320 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6321 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
6322
6323 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6324
6325 static bfd_vma
6326 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6327 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6328 fill_type *fill,
6329 bfd_vma dot,
6330 bfd_boolean *found_end)
6331 {
6332 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6333 {
6334 switch (s->header.type)
6335 {
6336 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6337 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6338 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6339 break;
6340
6341 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6342 {
6343 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6344 bfd_vma newdot;
6345
6346 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6347 os->after_end = *found_end;
6348 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6349 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6350 {
6351 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6352 {
6353 current_section = os;
6354 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6355 }
6356 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6357 }
6358 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6359 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6360 if (!os->ignored)
6361 {
6362 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6363 {
6364 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6365 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6366 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6367 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6368
6369 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6370 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6371 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6372 }
6373 else
6374 dot = newdot;
6375 }
6376 }
6377 break;
6378
6379 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6380
6381 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6382 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6383 break;
6384
6385 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6386 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6387 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6388 break;
6389
6390 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6391 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6392 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6393 {
6394 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6395 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6396 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6397 }
6398 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6399 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6400 {
6401 unsigned int size;
6402 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6403 {
6404 default:
6405 abort ();
6406 case QUAD:
6407 case SQUAD:
6408 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6409 break;
6410 case LONG:
6411 size = LONG_SIZE;
6412 break;
6413 case SHORT:
6414 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6415 break;
6416 case BYTE:
6417 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6418 break;
6419 }
6420 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6421 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6422 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6423 }
6424 break;
6425
6426 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6427 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6428 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6429 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6430 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6431 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6432 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6433 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6434 break;
6435
6436 case lang_input_section_enum:
6437 {
6438 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6439
6440 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6441 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6442 }
6443 break;
6444
6445 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6446 break;
6447
6448 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6449 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6450 break;
6451
6452 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6453 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6454 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6455 {
6456 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6457
6458 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6459 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6460
6461 while (*p == '_')
6462 ++p;
6463 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6464 *found_end = TRUE;
6465 }
6466 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6467 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6468 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6469 &dot);
6470 break;
6471
6472 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6473 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6474 break;
6475
6476 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6477 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6478 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6479 break;
6480
6481 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6482 break;
6483
6484 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6485 break;
6486
6487 default:
6488 FAIL ();
6489 break;
6490 }
6491 }
6492 return dot;
6493 }
6494
6495 void
6496 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6497 {
6498 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6499
6500 current_section = NULL;
6501 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6502 expld.phase = phase;
6503 lang_statement_iteration++;
6504 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6505 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6506 }
6507
6508 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6509 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6510 of "dot". */
6511
6512 asection *
6513 section_for_dot (void)
6514 {
6515 asection *s;
6516
6517 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6518 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6519 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6520 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6521 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6522 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6523 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6524 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6525 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6526 {
6527 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6528 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6529
6530 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6531 stmt != NULL;
6532 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6533 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6534 break;
6535
6536 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6537 while (os != NULL
6538 && !os->after_end
6539 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6540 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6541 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6542 os->bfd_section)))
6543 os = os->next;
6544
6545 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6546 {
6547 if (os != NULL)
6548 s = os->bfd_section;
6549 else
6550 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6551 while (s != NULL
6552 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6553 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6554 s = s->prev;
6555 if (s != NULL)
6556 return s;
6557
6558 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6559 }
6560 }
6561
6562 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6563
6564 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6565 while (s != NULL
6566 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6567 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6568 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6569 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6570 s = s->prev;
6571 if (s == NULL)
6572 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6573 while (s != NULL
6574 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6575 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6576 s = s->next;
6577 if (s != NULL)
6578 return s;
6579
6580 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6581 }
6582
6583 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6584
6585 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6586 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6587 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6588
6589 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6590 to start_stop_syms. */
6591
6592 static void
6593 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6594 {
6595 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6596
6597 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6598 if (h != NULL)
6599 {
6600 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6601 {
6602 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6603 start_stop_syms
6604 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6605 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6606 }
6607 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6608 }
6609 }
6610
6611 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6612 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6613 preliminary definitions. */
6614
6615 static void
6616 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6617 {
6618 bfd *abfd;
6619 asection *s;
6620 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6621
6622 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6623 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6624 {
6625 const char *ps;
6626 const char *secname = s->name;
6627
6628 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6629 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6630 break;
6631 if (*ps == '\0')
6632 {
6633 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6634
6635 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6636 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6637 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6638
6639 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6640 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6641 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6642
6643 free (symbol);
6644 }
6645 }
6646 }
6647
6648 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6649
6650 static void
6651 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6652 {
6653 size_t i;
6654
6655 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6656 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6657 }
6658
6659 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6660 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6661 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6662 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6663 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6664
6665 static void
6666 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6667 {
6668 if (h->ldscript_def)
6669 return;
6670
6671 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6672 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6673 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6674 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6675 {
6676 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6677 h->u.def.section->name);
6678 if (sec != NULL)
6679 {
6680 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6681 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6682 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6683 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6684 if there is still an output section with section name
6685 SECNAME. */
6686 asection *i;
6687 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6688 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6689 {
6690 h->u.def.section = i;
6691 return;
6692 }
6693 }
6694 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6695 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6696 }
6697 }
6698
6699 static void
6700 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6701 {
6702 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6703 }
6704
6705 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6706 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6707 preliminary definitions. */
6708
6709 static void
6710 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6711 {
6712 asection *s;
6713
6714 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6715 {
6716 const char *secname = s->name;
6717 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6718
6719 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6720 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6721
6722 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6723 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6724 free (symbol);
6725 }
6726 }
6727
6728 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6729
6730 static void
6731 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6732 {
6733 if (h->ldscript_def
6734 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6735 return;
6736
6737 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6738 {
6739 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6740 .startof. already has final value. */
6741 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6742 {
6743 /* .sizeof. */
6744 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6745 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6746 }
6747 }
6748 else
6749 {
6750 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6751 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6752
6753 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6754 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6755 {
6756 /* __stop_ */
6757 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6758 }
6759 }
6760 }
6761
6762 static void
6763 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6764 {
6765 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6766 }
6767
6768 static void
6769 lang_end (void)
6770 {
6771 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6772 bfd_boolean warn;
6773
6774 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6775 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6776 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6777 else
6778 warn = TRUE;
6779
6780 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6781 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6782 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6783 && link_info.gc_sections
6784 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6785 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6786 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6787 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6788
6789 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6790 {
6791 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6792 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6793 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6794 warn = FALSE;
6795 }
6796
6797 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6798 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6799 if (h != NULL
6800 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6801 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6802 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6803 {
6804 bfd_vma val;
6805
6806 val = (h->u.def.value
6807 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
6808 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6809 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6810 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6811 }
6812 else
6813 {
6814 bfd_vma val;
6815 const char *send;
6816
6817 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6818 number. */
6819 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6820 if (*send == '\0')
6821 {
6822 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6823 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6824 }
6825 else
6826 {
6827 asection *ts;
6828
6829 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6830 the first address in the text section. */
6831 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6832 if (ts != NULL)
6833 {
6834 if (warn)
6835 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6836 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6837 entry_symbol.name,
6838 bfd_section_vma (ts));
6839 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
6840 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
6841 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 if (warn)
6846 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6847 " not setting start address\n"),
6848 entry_symbol.name);
6849 }
6850 }
6851 }
6852 }
6853
6854 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6855 BFD. */
6856
6857 static void
6858 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6859 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6860 {
6861 /* Don't do anything. */
6862 }
6863
6864 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6865 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6866 other checking that is needed. */
6867
6868 static void
6869 lang_check (void)
6870 {
6871 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6872 bfd *input_bfd;
6873 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6874
6875 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
6876 file != NULL;
6877 file = file->next)
6878 {
6879 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6880 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6881 if (file->flags.claimed)
6882 continue;
6883 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6884 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6885 compatible
6886 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6887 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6888
6889 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6890 link between differing object formats when the input
6891 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6892 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6893 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6894 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6895 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6896 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6897 && (compatible == NULL
6898 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6899 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6900 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6901 {
6902 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6903 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6904 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6905 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6906 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6907 }
6908
6909 if (compatible == NULL)
6910 {
6911 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6912 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6913 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6914 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6915 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6916 }
6917 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6918 {
6919 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6920 private data of the output bfd. */
6921
6922 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6923
6924 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6925 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6926 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6927 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6928 information which is needed in the output file. */
6929 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6930 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6931 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6932 {
6933 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6934 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6935 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6936 }
6937 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6938 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6939 }
6940 }
6941 }
6942
6943 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6944 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6945 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6946
6947 static void
6948 lang_common (void)
6949 {
6950 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6951 return;
6952 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6953 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6954 return;
6955
6956 if (!config.sort_common)
6957 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6958 else
6959 {
6960 unsigned int power;
6961
6962 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6963 {
6964 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6965 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6966
6967 power = 0;
6968 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6969 }
6970 else
6971 {
6972 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6973 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6974
6975 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6976 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6977 }
6978 }
6979 }
6980
6981 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6982
6983 static bfd_boolean
6984 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6985 {
6986 unsigned int power_of_two;
6987 bfd_vma size;
6988 asection *section;
6989
6990 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6991 return TRUE;
6992
6993 size = h->u.c.size;
6994 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6995
6996 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6997 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6998 return TRUE;
6999 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7000 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7001 return TRUE;
7002
7003 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7004 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7005 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7006 h->root.string);
7007
7008 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7009 {
7010 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
7011 int len;
7012 char *name;
7013 char buf[50];
7014
7015 if (!header_printed)
7016 {
7017 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7018 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7019 header_printed = TRUE;
7020 }
7021
7022 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7023 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7024 if (name == NULL)
7025 {
7026 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7027 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7028 }
7029 else
7030 {
7031 minfo ("%s", name);
7032 len = strlen (name);
7033 free (name);
7034 }
7035
7036 if (len >= 19)
7037 {
7038 print_nl ();
7039 len = 0;
7040 }
7041 while (len < 20)
7042 {
7043 print_space ();
7044 ++len;
7045 }
7046
7047 minfo ("0x");
7048 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7049 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7050 else
7051 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7052 minfo ("%s", buf);
7053 len = strlen (buf);
7054
7055 while (len < 16)
7056 {
7057 print_space ();
7058 ++len;
7059 }
7060
7061 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7062 }
7063
7064 return TRUE;
7065 }
7066
7067 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7068 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7069 option are handled here. */
7070
7071 static void
7072 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7073 {
7074 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7075 {
7076 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7077 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
7078 TRUE);
7079 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7080 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7081 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7082 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7083 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7084 }
7085 else
7086 {
7087 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7088 const char *name = s->name;
7089 int constraint = 0;
7090
7091 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7092 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7093 s, s->owner);
7094
7095 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7096 constraint = SPECIAL;
7097
7098 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7099 if (os == NULL)
7100 {
7101 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
7102 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7103 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7104 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7105 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7106 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7107 }
7108
7109 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7110 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7111 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7112 s, s->owner, os->name);
7113 }
7114 }
7115
7116 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7117 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7118 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7119
7120 static void
7121 lang_place_orphans (void)
7122 {
7123 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7124 {
7125 asection *s;
7126
7127 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7128 {
7129 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7130 {
7131 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7132 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7133
7134 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7135 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7136 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7137 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7138 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7139 {
7140 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7141 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7142 with the wildcard. */
7143 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7144 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7145 {
7146 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7147 default_common_section
7148 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
7149 TRUE);
7150 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7151 NULL, default_common_section);
7152 }
7153 }
7154 else
7155 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7156 }
7157 }
7158 }
7159 }
7160
7161 void
7162 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7163 {
7164 flagword *ptr_flags;
7165
7166 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7167
7168 while (*flags)
7169 {
7170 switch (*flags)
7171 {
7172 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7173 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7174 case '!':
7175 invert = !invert;
7176 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7177 break;
7178
7179 case 'A': case 'a':
7180 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7181 break;
7182
7183 case 'R': case 'r':
7184 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7185 break;
7186
7187 case 'W': case 'w':
7188 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7189 break;
7190
7191 case 'X': case 'x':
7192 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7193 break;
7194
7195 case 'L': case 'l':
7196 case 'I': case 'i':
7197 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7198 break;
7199
7200 default:
7201 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7202 *flags, *flags);
7203 break;
7204 }
7205 flags++;
7206 }
7207 }
7208
7209 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7210 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7211
7212 void
7213 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7214 {
7215 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7216
7217 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7218 f != NULL;
7219 f = f->next_real_file)
7220 if (f->flags.real)
7221 func (f);
7222 }
7223
7224 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7225 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7226 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7227
7228 void
7229 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7230 {
7231 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7232 {
7233 if (f->flags.real)
7234 func (f);
7235 }
7236 }
7237
7238 void
7239 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7240 {
7241 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7242
7243 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7244 a link. */
7245 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7246 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7247
7248 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7249 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7250 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7251 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7252
7253 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7254 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7255 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7256 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7257 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7258 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7259 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7260 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7261 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7262
7263 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7264 }
7265
7266 void
7267 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7268 {
7269 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7270 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7271 {
7272 output_filename = name;
7273 had_output_filename = TRUE;
7274 }
7275 }
7276
7277 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7278 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7279 etree_type *address_exp,
7280 enum section_type sectype,
7281 etree_type *align,
7282 etree_type *subalign,
7283 etree_type *ebase,
7284 int constraint,
7285 int align_with_input)
7286 {
7287 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7288
7289 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7290 constraint, TRUE);
7291 current_section = os;
7292
7293 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7294 {
7295 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7296 }
7297 os->sectype = sectype;
7298 if (sectype != noload_section)
7299 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7300 else
7301 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7302 os->block_value = 1;
7303
7304 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7305 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7306
7307 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7308 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7309 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7310 NULL);
7311
7312 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7313 os->section_alignment = align;
7314
7315 os->load_base = ebase;
7316 return os;
7317 }
7318
7319 void
7320 lang_final (void)
7321 {
7322 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7323
7324 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7325 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7326 }
7327
7328 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7329
7330 void
7331 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7332 {
7333 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7334 asection *o;
7335 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7336
7337 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7338 {
7339 p->current = p->origin;
7340 p->last_os = NULL;
7341 }
7342
7343 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7344 os != NULL;
7345 os = os->next)
7346 {
7347 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7348 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7349 }
7350
7351 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7352 {
7353 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7354 o->rawsize = o->size;
7355 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7356 o->size = 0;
7357 }
7358 }
7359
7360 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7361
7362 static void
7363 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7364 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7365 asection *section,
7366 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7367 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7368 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7369 {
7370 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7371 should be as well. */
7372 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7373 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7374 }
7375
7376 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7377
7378 static void
7379 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7380 {
7381 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7382 {
7383 switch (s->header.type)
7384 {
7385 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7386 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7387 break;
7388 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7389 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7390 break;
7391 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7392 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7393 break;
7394 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7395 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7396 break;
7397 default:
7398 break;
7399 }
7400 }
7401 }
7402
7403 static void
7404 lang_gc_sections (void)
7405 {
7406 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7407 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7408
7409 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7410 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7411 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7412 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7413 {
7414 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7415 {
7416 asection *sec;
7417 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7418 if (f->flags.claimed)
7419 continue;
7420 #endif
7421 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7422 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7423 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7424 }
7425 }
7426
7427 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7428 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7429 }
7430
7431 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7432
7433 static void
7434 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7435 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7436 asection *section,
7437 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7438 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7439 void *data)
7440 {
7441 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7442 size. */
7443 if (section->output_section != NULL
7444 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7445 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7446 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7447 && section->size != 0)
7448 {
7449 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7450 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7451 }
7452 }
7453
7454 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7455
7456 static void
7457 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7458 seg_align_type *seg,
7459 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7460 {
7461 if (*has_relro_section)
7462 return;
7463
7464 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7465 {
7466 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7467 break;
7468
7469 switch (s->header.type)
7470 {
7471 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7472 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7473 find_relro_section_callback,
7474 has_relro_section);
7475 break;
7476 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7477 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7478 seg, has_relro_section);
7479 break;
7480 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7481 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7482 seg, has_relro_section);
7483 break;
7484 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7485 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7486 seg, has_relro_section);
7487 break;
7488 default:
7489 break;
7490 }
7491 }
7492 }
7493
7494 static void
7495 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7496 {
7497 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7498
7499 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7500
7501 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7502 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7503
7504 if (!has_relro_section)
7505 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7506 }
7507
7508 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7509
7510 void
7511 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7512 {
7513 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7514 {
7515 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7516 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7517
7518 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7519 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7520
7521 while (i--)
7522 {
7523 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7524 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7525
7526 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7527 do
7528 {
7529 link_info.relax_trip++;
7530
7531 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7532 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7533 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7534
7535 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7536 section sizes. */
7537 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7538
7539 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7540 size. */
7541 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7542
7543 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7544 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7545 relax_again = FALSE;
7546 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7547 }
7548 while (relax_again);
7549
7550 link_info.relax_pass++;
7551 }
7552 need_layout = TRUE;
7553 }
7554
7555 if (need_layout)
7556 {
7557 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7558 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7559 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7560 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7561 }
7562 }
7563
7564 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7565 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7566 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7567 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7568 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7569 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7570 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7571 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7572 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7573 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7574 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7575
7576 static lang_input_statement_type *
7577 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7578 {
7579 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7580 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7581 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7582 claim1 != NULL;
7583 claim1 = claim1->next)
7584 {
7585 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7586 {
7587 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7588 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7589 }
7590 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7591 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7592 lastobject = claim1;
7593 }
7594 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7595 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7596 insert point. */
7597 *before = FALSE;
7598 return lastobject;
7599 }
7600
7601 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7602 added during a rescan. */
7603
7604 static lang_input_statement_type **
7605 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7606 {
7607 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7608 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7609 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7610 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7611 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7612
7613 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7614 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7615
7616 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7617 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7618 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7619 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7620 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7621 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7622 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7623 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7624 f != NULL;
7625 f = f->next_real_file)
7626 {
7627 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7628 {
7629 before = last_loaded;
7630 if (f->next != NULL)
7631 return &f->next->next;
7632 }
7633 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7634 last_loaded = f;
7635 }
7636
7637 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7638 *iter != NULL;
7639 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7640 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7641 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7642 break;
7643
7644 return iter;
7645 }
7646
7647 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7648 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7649 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7650
7651 static void
7652 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7653 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7654 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7655 {
7656 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7657 *field = srclist->head;
7658 if (destlist->tail == field)
7659 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7660 }
7661
7662 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7663 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7664
7665 static void
7666 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7667 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7668 {
7669 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7670 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7671 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7672 savetail = origlist->tail;
7673 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7674 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7675 destlist->tail = savetail;
7676 *savetail = NULL;
7677 }
7678
7679 static lang_statement_union_type **
7680 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7681 {
7682 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7683 {
7684 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7685 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7686 {
7687 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7688 return s;
7689 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7690 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7691 break;
7692 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7693 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7694 break;
7695 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7696 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7697 break;
7698 default:
7699 continue;
7700 }
7701 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7702 if (*t)
7703 return t;
7704 }
7705 return s;
7706 }
7707 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7708
7709 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7710
7711 void
7712 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7713 {
7714 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7715
7716 if (name == NULL)
7717 return;
7718
7719 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7720
7721 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7722 sym->name = name;
7723 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7724 }
7725
7726 /* Check relocations. */
7727
7728 static void
7729 lang_check_relocs (void)
7730 {
7731 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7732 {
7733 bfd *abfd;
7734
7735 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7736 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7737 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7738 {
7739 /* No object output, fail return. */
7740 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7741 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7742 continue the scan in case there are other
7743 bad relocations to report. */
7744 }
7745 }
7746 }
7747
7748 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7749 propagate forward the lma region. */
7750
7751 static void
7752 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7753 {
7754 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7755
7756 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7757 os != NULL;
7758 os = os->next)
7759 {
7760 if (os->prev != NULL
7761 && os->lma_region == NULL
7762 && os->load_base == NULL
7763 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7764 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7765 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7766 }
7767 }
7768
7769 void
7770 lang_process (void)
7771 {
7772 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7773 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7774 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7775
7776 current_target = default_target;
7777
7778 /* Open the output file. */
7779 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7780 init_opb (NULL);
7781
7782 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7783
7784 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7785 lang_place_undefineds ();
7786
7787 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7788 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7789
7790 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7791 current_target = default_target;
7792 lang_statement_iteration++;
7793 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7794 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7795 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7796 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7797
7798 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7799 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7800 {
7801 lang_statement_list_type added;
7802 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7803
7804 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7805 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7806 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7807 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7808 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7809 file. */
7810 added = *stat_ptr;
7811 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7812 files = file_chain;
7813 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7814 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7815 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7816 plugin_error_plugin ());
7817 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7818 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7819 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7820 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7821 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7822 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7823 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7824 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7825 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7826 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7827 /* Were any new files added? */
7828 if (added.head != NULL)
7829 {
7830 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7831 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7832 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7833 immediately before. */
7834 bfd_boolean before;
7835 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7836 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7837 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7838 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7839 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7840 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7841 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7842 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7843 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7844 if (before)
7845 {
7846 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7847 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7848 {
7849 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7850 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
7851 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7852 }
7853 }
7854 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7855 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7856 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7857 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7858 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7859 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7860 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7861 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7862 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7863 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7864 else
7865 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7866
7867 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7868 files = file_chain;
7869 lang_statement_iteration++;
7870 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7871 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7872 while (files.head != NULL)
7873 {
7874 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7875 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7876 bfd *my_arch;
7877
7878 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7879 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7880 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7881 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7882 if (my_arch != NULL)
7883 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7884 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7885 break;
7886 temp = *insert;
7887 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7888 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7889 *iter = temp;
7890 if (my_arch != NULL)
7891 {
7892 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
7893 if (parent != NULL)
7894 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7895 ((char *) iter
7896 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7897 }
7898 }
7899 }
7900 }
7901 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7902
7903 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7904 before now. */
7905 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7906
7907 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7908
7909 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7910 {
7911 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7912
7913 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7914 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7915 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7916 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7917 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7918 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7919 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7920 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7921 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7922 }
7923
7924 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7925 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7926
7927 ldemul_after_open ();
7928 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7929 lang_print_asneeded ();
7930
7931 ldlang_open_ctf ();
7932
7933 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7934
7935 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7936 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7937 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7938 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7939 link. */
7940 lang_check ();
7941
7942 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7943 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7944 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7945
7946 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7947 files. */
7948 ldctor_build_sets ();
7949
7950 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7951 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7952 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7953 if (config.build_constructors)
7954 lang_init_start_stop ();
7955
7956 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7957 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7958 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7959 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7960
7961 /* Size up the common data. */
7962 lang_common ();
7963
7964 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7965 lang_gc_sections ();
7966
7967 /* Check relocations. */
7968 lang_check_relocs ();
7969
7970 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7971
7972 /* Update wild statements. */
7973 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7974
7975 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7976 to the correct output sections. */
7977 lang_statement_iteration++;
7978 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7979
7980 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7981 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7982 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7983
7984 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
7985
7986 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7987 lang_place_orphans ();
7988
7989 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7990 {
7991 asection *found;
7992
7993 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7994 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7995 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7996 is hard then. */
7997 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7998
7999 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8000 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8001
8002 if (found != NULL)
8003 {
8004 if (config.text_read_only)
8005 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8006 else
8007 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8008 }
8009 }
8010
8011 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8012 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8013 lang_merge_ctf ();
8014
8015 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8016 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8017 lang_write_ctf (0);
8018
8019 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8020 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8021
8022 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8023 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8024 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8025 if (config.build_constructors)
8026 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8027
8028 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8029 dynamic symbols are created. */
8030 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8031 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8032
8033 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8034 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8035 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8036
8037 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8038 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8039 lang_record_phdrs ();
8040
8041 /* Check relro sections. */
8042 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8043 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8044
8045 /* Size up the sections. */
8046 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8047
8048 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8049 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8050 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8051
8052 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8053 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8054
8055 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8056 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8057 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8058 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8059 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8060 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8061
8062 ldemul_finish ();
8063
8064 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8065 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8066
8067 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8068 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8069 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8070
8071 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8072 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8073
8074 lang_end ();
8075 }
8076
8077 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8078
8079 void
8080 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8081 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8082 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
8083 {
8084 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8085 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8086
8087 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8088 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8089 curr != NULL;
8090 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8091 {
8092 next = curr->next;
8093 curr->next = section_list;
8094 }
8095
8096 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8097 {
8098 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8099 filespec->name = NULL;
8100 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8101 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
8102 }
8103
8104 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8105 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8106 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
8107 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8108 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8109 if (filespec != NULL)
8110 {
8111 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8112 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8113 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8114 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8115 }
8116 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8117 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8118 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8119 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8120 }
8121
8122 void
8123 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8124 const segment_type *segment)
8125 {
8126 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8127
8128 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8129 ad->section_name = name;
8130 ad->address = address;
8131 ad->segment = segment;
8132 }
8133
8134 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8135 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8136 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8137 precedence. */
8138
8139 void
8140 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
8141 {
8142 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8143 || cmdline
8144 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8145 {
8146 entry_symbol.name = name;
8147 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8148 }
8149 }
8150
8151 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8152 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8153 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8154 must be permanently allocated. */
8155 void
8156 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8157 {
8158 entry_symbol_default = name;
8159 }
8160
8161 void
8162 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8163 {
8164 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8165
8166 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8167 new_stmt->target = name;
8168 }
8169
8170 void
8171 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8172 {
8173 while (*name)
8174 {
8175 switch (*name)
8176 {
8177 case 'F':
8178 map_option_f = TRUE;
8179 break;
8180 }
8181 name++;
8182 }
8183 }
8184
8185 void
8186 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8187 {
8188 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8189
8190 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8191 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8192 }
8193
8194 void
8195 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8196 {
8197 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8198
8199 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8200 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8201 new_stmt->type = type;
8202 }
8203
8204 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8205 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8206 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8207 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8208 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8209 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8210
8211 void
8212 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8213 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8214 asection *section,
8215 const char *name,
8216 union etree_union *addend)
8217 {
8218 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8219
8220 p->reloc = reloc;
8221 p->howto = howto;
8222 p->section = section;
8223 p->name = name;
8224 p->addend_exp = addend;
8225
8226 p->addend_value = 0;
8227 p->output_section = NULL;
8228 p->output_offset = 0;
8229 }
8230
8231 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8232 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8233 {
8234 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8235
8236 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8237 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8238 return new_stmt;
8239 }
8240
8241 void
8242 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8243 {
8244 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8245 }
8246
8247 void
8248 lang_startup (const char *name)
8249 {
8250 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8251 {
8252 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8253 }
8254 first_file->filename = name;
8255 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8256 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
8257 }
8258
8259 void
8260 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
8261 {
8262 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8263 }
8264
8265
8266 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8267 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8268
8269 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8270 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8271 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8272 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8273 had an explicit load address.
8274
8275 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8276
8277 static void
8278 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8279 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8280 const char *memspec,
8281 const char *lma_memspec,
8282 bfd_boolean have_lma,
8283 bfd_boolean have_vma)
8284 {
8285 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
8286
8287 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8288 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8289 as well. */
8290 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8291 && !have_vma
8292 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8293 *region = *lma_region;
8294 else
8295 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
8296
8297 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8298 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8299 NULL);
8300 }
8301
8302 void
8303 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8304 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8305 const char *lma_memspec)
8306 {
8307 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8308 &current_section->lma_region,
8309 memspec, lma_memspec,
8310 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8311 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8312
8313 current_section->fill = fill;
8314 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8315 pop_stat_ptr ();
8316 }
8317
8318 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8319
8320 void
8321 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8322 const char *big,
8323 const char *little,
8324 int from_script)
8325 {
8326 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8327 {
8328 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8329 && big != NULL)
8330 format = big;
8331 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8332 && little != NULL)
8333 format = little;
8334
8335 output_target = format;
8336 }
8337 }
8338
8339 void
8340 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8341 {
8342 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8343
8344 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8345 new_stmt->where = where;
8346 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8347 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8348 }
8349
8350 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8351 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8352
8353 void
8354 lang_enter_group (void)
8355 {
8356 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8357
8358 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8359 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8360 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8361 }
8362
8363 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8364 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8365 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8366 but currently they can't. */
8367
8368 void
8369 lang_leave_group (void)
8370 {
8371 pop_stat_ptr ();
8372 }
8373
8374 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8375 command in a linker script. */
8376
8377 void
8378 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8379 etree_type *type,
8380 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8381 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8382 etree_type *at,
8383 etree_type *flags)
8384 {
8385 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8386 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8387
8388 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8389 n->next = NULL;
8390 n->name = name;
8391 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8392 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8393 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8394 n->at = at;
8395 n->flags = flags;
8396
8397 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8398
8399 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8400 if (hdrs
8401 && (*pp)->type == 1
8402 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8403 {
8404 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8405 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8406 hdrs = FALSE;
8407 }
8408
8409 *pp = n;
8410 }
8411
8412 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8413 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8414
8415 static void
8416 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8417 {
8418 unsigned int alc;
8419 asection **secs;
8420 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8421 struct lang_phdr *l;
8422 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8423
8424 alc = 10;
8425 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8426 last = NULL;
8427
8428 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8429 {
8430 unsigned int c;
8431 flagword flags;
8432 bfd_vma at;
8433
8434 c = 0;
8435 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8436 os != NULL;
8437 os = os->next)
8438 {
8439 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8440
8441 if (os->constraint < 0)
8442 continue;
8443
8444 pl = os->phdrs;
8445 if (pl != NULL)
8446 last = pl;
8447 else
8448 {
8449 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8450 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8451 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8452 continue;
8453
8454 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8455 if (l->type == 3)
8456 continue;
8457
8458 if (last == NULL)
8459 {
8460 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8461
8462 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8463 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8464 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8465 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8466 header and there are sections in that script which are
8467 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8468 use of that header. See here for more details:
8469 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8470 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8471 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8472 {
8473 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8474 break;
8475 }
8476 if (last == NULL)
8477 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8478 }
8479 pl = last;
8480 }
8481
8482 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8483 continue;
8484
8485 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8486 {
8487 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8488 {
8489 if (c >= alc)
8490 {
8491 alc *= 2;
8492 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8493 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8494 }
8495 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8496 ++c;
8497 pl->used = TRUE;
8498 }
8499 }
8500 }
8501
8502 if (l->flags == NULL)
8503 flags = 0;
8504 else
8505 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8506
8507 if (l->at == NULL)
8508 at = 0;
8509 else
8510 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8511
8512 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8513 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8514 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8515 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8516 }
8517
8518 free (secs);
8519
8520 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8521 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8522 os != NULL;
8523 os = os->next)
8524 {
8525 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8526
8527 if (os->constraint < 0
8528 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8529 continue;
8530
8531 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8532 pl != NULL;
8533 pl = pl->next)
8534 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8535 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8536 os->name, pl->name);
8537 }
8538 }
8539
8540 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8541
8542 void
8543 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8544 {
8545 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8546
8547 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8548 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8549 n->list = l;
8550 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8551 nocrossref_list = n;
8552
8553 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8554 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8555 }
8556
8557 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8558
8559 void
8560 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8561 {
8562 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8563 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8564 }
8565 \f
8566 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8567
8568 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8569 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8570 /* And subsection alignment. */
8571 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8572
8573 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8574 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8575
8576 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8577
8578 struct overlay_list {
8579 struct overlay_list *next;
8580 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8581 };
8582
8583 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8584
8585 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8586
8587 void
8588 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8589 {
8590 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8591 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8592 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8593 && overlay_max == NULL);
8594
8595 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8596 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8597 }
8598
8599 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8600 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8601 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8602
8603 void
8604 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8605 {
8606 struct overlay_list *n;
8607 etree_type *size;
8608
8609 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8610 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8611
8612 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8613 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8614 used in the addresses. */
8615 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8616 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8617
8618 /* Remember the section. */
8619 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8620 n->os = current_section;
8621 n->next = overlay_list;
8622 overlay_list = n;
8623
8624 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8625
8626 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8627 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8628 overlay_max = size;
8629 else
8630 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8631 }
8632
8633 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8634 here. */
8635
8636 void
8637 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8638 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8639 {
8640 const char *name;
8641 char *clean, *s2;
8642 const char *s1;
8643 char *buf;
8644
8645 name = current_section->name;
8646
8647 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8648 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8649 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8650 override it. */
8651 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8652
8653 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8654
8655 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8656 s2 = clean;
8657 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8658 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8659 *s2++ = *s1;
8660 *s2 = '\0';
8661
8662 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8663 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8664 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8665 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8666 FALSE));
8667
8668 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8669 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8670 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8671 exp_binop ('+',
8672 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8673 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8674 FALSE));
8675
8676 free (clean);
8677 }
8678
8679 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8680 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8681
8682 void
8683 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8684 int nocrossrefs,
8685 fill_type *fill,
8686 const char *memspec,
8687 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8688 const char *lma_memspec)
8689 {
8690 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8691 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8692 struct overlay_list *l;
8693 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8694
8695 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8696 memspec, lma_memspec,
8697 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8698
8699 nocrossref = NULL;
8700
8701 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8702 overlay region. */
8703 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8704 {
8705 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8706 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8707 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8708 }
8709
8710 l = overlay_list;
8711 while (l != NULL)
8712 {
8713 struct overlay_list *next;
8714
8715 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8716 l->os->fill = fill;
8717
8718 l->os->region = region;
8719 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8720
8721 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8722 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8723 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8724 an LMA region was specified. */
8725 if (l->next == 0)
8726 {
8727 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8728 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8729 }
8730 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8731 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8732
8733 if (nocrossrefs)
8734 {
8735 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8736
8737 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8738 nc->name = l->os->name;
8739 nc->next = nocrossref;
8740 nocrossref = nc;
8741 }
8742
8743 next = l->next;
8744 free (l);
8745 l = next;
8746 }
8747
8748 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8749 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8750
8751 overlay_vma = NULL;
8752 overlay_list = NULL;
8753 overlay_max = NULL;
8754 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8755 }
8756 \f
8757 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8758
8759 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8760 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8761 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8762
8763 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8764 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8765 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8766 const char *sym)
8767 {
8768 const char *c_sym;
8769 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8770 const char *java_sym = sym;
8771 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8772 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8773
8774 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8775 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8776 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8777 if (!c_sym)
8778 c_sym = sym;
8779 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8780
8781 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8782 {
8783 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8784 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8785 if (!cxx_sym)
8786 cxx_sym = sym;
8787 }
8788 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8789 {
8790 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8791 if (!java_sym)
8792 java_sym = sym;
8793 }
8794
8795 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8796 {
8797 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8798
8799 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8800 {
8801 case 0:
8802 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8803 {
8804 e.pattern = c_sym;
8805 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8806 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8807 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8808 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8809 goto out_ret;
8810 else
8811 expr = expr->next;
8812 }
8813 /* Fallthrough */
8814 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8815 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8816 {
8817 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8818 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8819 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8820 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8821 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8822 goto out_ret;
8823 else
8824 expr = expr->next;
8825 }
8826 /* Fallthrough */
8827 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8828 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8829 {
8830 e.pattern = java_sym;
8831 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8832 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8833 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8834 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8835 goto out_ret;
8836 else
8837 expr = expr->next;
8838 }
8839 /* Fallthrough */
8840 default:
8841 break;
8842 }
8843 }
8844
8845 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8846 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8847 expr = head->remaining;
8848 else
8849 expr = prev->next;
8850 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8851 {
8852 const char *s;
8853
8854 if (!expr->pattern)
8855 continue;
8856
8857 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8858 break;
8859
8860 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8861 s = java_sym;
8862 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8863 s = cxx_sym;
8864 else
8865 s = c_sym;
8866 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8867 break;
8868 }
8869
8870 out_ret:
8871 if (c_sym != sym)
8872 free ((char *) c_sym);
8873 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8874 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8875 if (java_sym != sym)
8876 free ((char *) java_sym);
8877 return expr;
8878 }
8879
8880 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8881 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8882
8883 static const char *
8884 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8885 {
8886 const char *p;
8887 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8888 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8889
8890 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8891 {
8892 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8893 backslash. */
8894 if (backslash)
8895 {
8896 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8897 *(s - 1) = *p;
8898 backslash = FALSE;
8899 changed = TRUE;
8900 }
8901 else
8902 {
8903 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8904 {
8905 free (symbol);
8906 return NULL;
8907 }
8908
8909 *s++ = *p;
8910 backslash = *p == '\\';
8911 }
8912 }
8913
8914 if (changed)
8915 {
8916 *s = '\0';
8917 return symbol;
8918 }
8919 else
8920 {
8921 free (symbol);
8922 return pattern;
8923 }
8924 }
8925
8926 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8927 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8928 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8929
8930 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8931 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8932 const char *new_name,
8933 const char *lang,
8934 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8935 {
8936 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8937
8938 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8939 ret->next = orig;
8940 ret->symver = 0;
8941 ret->script = 0;
8942 ret->literal = TRUE;
8943 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8944 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8945 {
8946 ret->pattern = new_name;
8947 ret->literal = FALSE;
8948 }
8949
8950 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8951 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8952 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8953 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8954 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8955 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8956 else
8957 {
8958 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8959 lang);
8960 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8961 }
8962
8963 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8964 }
8965
8966 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8967 expressions. */
8968
8969 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8970 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8971 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8972 {
8973 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8974
8975 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8976 ret->globals.list = globals;
8977 ret->locals.list = locals;
8978 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8979 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8980 return ret;
8981 }
8982
8983 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8984
8985 static int version_index;
8986
8987 static hashval_t
8988 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8989 {
8990 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8991 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8992
8993 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8994 }
8995
8996 static int
8997 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8998 {
8999 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9000 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9001 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9002 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9003
9004 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9005 }
9006
9007 static void
9008 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9009 {
9010 size_t count = 0;
9011 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9012 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9013
9014 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9015 {
9016 if (e->literal)
9017 count++;
9018 head->mask |= e->mask;
9019 }
9020
9021 if (count)
9022 {
9023 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9024 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9025 list_loc = &head->list;
9026 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9027 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9028 {
9029 next = e->next;
9030 if (!e->literal)
9031 {
9032 *remaining_loc = e;
9033 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9034 }
9035 else
9036 {
9037 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9038
9039 if (*loc)
9040 {
9041 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9042
9043 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9044 last = NULL;
9045 do
9046 {
9047 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9048 {
9049 last = NULL;
9050 break;
9051 }
9052 last = e1;
9053 e1 = e1->next;
9054 }
9055 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9056
9057 if (last == NULL)
9058 {
9059 /* This is a duplicate. */
9060 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9061 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9062 /* free (e->pattern); */
9063 free (e);
9064 }
9065 else
9066 {
9067 e->next = last->next;
9068 last->next = e;
9069 }
9070 }
9071 else
9072 {
9073 *loc = e;
9074 *list_loc = e;
9075 list_loc = &e->next;
9076 }
9077 }
9078 }
9079 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9080 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9081 }
9082 else
9083 head->remaining = head->list;
9084 }
9085
9086 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9087 version. */
9088
9089 void
9090 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9091 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9092 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9093 {
9094 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9095 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9096
9097 if (name == NULL)
9098 name = "";
9099
9100 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9101 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9102 {
9103 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9104 " with other version tags\n"));
9105 free (version);
9106 return;
9107 }
9108
9109 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9110 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9111 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9112 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9113
9114 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9115 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9116
9117 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9118 aren't any duplicates. */
9119
9120 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9121 {
9122 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9123 {
9124 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9125
9126 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9127 {
9128 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9129 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9130 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9131 {
9132 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9133 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9134 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9135 e2 = e2->next;
9136 }
9137 }
9138 else if (!e1->literal)
9139 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9140 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9141 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9142 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9143 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9144 }
9145 }
9146
9147 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9148 {
9149 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9150 {
9151 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9152
9153 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9154 {
9155 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9156 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9157 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9158 {
9159 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9160 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9161 " in version information\n"),
9162 e1->pattern);
9163 e2 = e2->next;
9164 }
9165 }
9166 else if (!e1->literal)
9167 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9168 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9169 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9170 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9171 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9172 }
9173 }
9174
9175 version->deps = deps;
9176 version->name = name;
9177 if (name[0] != '\0')
9178 {
9179 ++version_index;
9180 version->vernum = version_index;
9181 }
9182 else
9183 version->vernum = 0;
9184
9185 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9186 ;
9187 *pp = version;
9188 }
9189
9190 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9191
9192 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9193 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9194 {
9195 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9196 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9197
9198 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9199 ret->next = list;
9200
9201 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9202 {
9203 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9204 {
9205 ret->version_needed = t;
9206 return ret;
9207 }
9208 }
9209
9210 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9211
9212 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9213 return ret;
9214 }
9215
9216 static void
9217 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9218 {
9219 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9220
9221 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9222 {
9223 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9224 char *contents, *p;
9225 bfd_size_type len;
9226
9227 if (sec == NULL)
9228 continue;
9229
9230 len = sec->size;
9231 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9232 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9233 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9234
9235 p = contents;
9236 while (p < contents + len)
9237 {
9238 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
9239 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9240 }
9241
9242 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9243
9244 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9245 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9246 }
9247
9248 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
9249 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9250 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9251 }
9252
9253 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
9254
9255 static void
9256 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
9257 {
9258 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9259
9260 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9261 {
9262 if (r->origin_exp)
9263 {
9264 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9265 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9266 {
9267 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9268 r->current = r->origin;
9269 }
9270 else
9271 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9272 r->name_list.name);
9273 }
9274 if (r->length_exp)
9275 {
9276 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9277 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9278 r->length = expld.result.value;
9279 else
9280 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9281 r->name_list.name);
9282 }
9283 }
9284 }
9285
9286 void
9287 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9288 {
9289 struct unique_sections *ent;
9290
9291 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9292 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9293 return;
9294
9295 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9296 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9297 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9298 unique_section_list = ent;
9299 }
9300
9301 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9302
9303 void
9304 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9305 {
9306 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
9307 {
9308 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9309 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9310 ;
9311 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
9312 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
9313 }
9314 else
9315 {
9316 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9317
9318 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9319 d->head.list = dynamic;
9320 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9321 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
9322 }
9323 }
9324
9325 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9326 one. */
9327
9328 void
9329 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9330 {
9331 const char *symbols[] =
9332 {
9333 "typeinfo name for*",
9334 "typeinfo for*"
9335 };
9336 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9337 unsigned int i;
9338
9339 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9340 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9341 FALSE);
9342
9343 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9344 }
9345
9346 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9347 existing one. */
9348
9349 void
9350 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9351 {
9352 const char *symbols[] =
9353 {
9354 "operator new*",
9355 "operator delete*"
9356 };
9357 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9358 unsigned int i;
9359
9360 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9361 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9362 FALSE);
9363
9364 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9365 }
9366
9367 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9368
9369 void
9370 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9371 {
9372 char *p, *q;
9373
9374 p = str;
9375 while (*p)
9376 {
9377 char sep;
9378 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9379 ++p;
9380 if (!*p)
9381 break;
9382 q = p + 1;
9383 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9384 ++q;
9385 sep = *q;
9386 *q = 0;
9387 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9388 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9389 else
9390 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9391 *q = sep;
9392 p = q;
9393 }
9394 }
9395
9396 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9397
9398 static void
9399 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9400 {
9401 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9402 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9403 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9404 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9405 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9406 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9407 else
9408 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9409 }
9410
9411 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9412
9413 void
9414 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9415 {
9416 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9417
9418 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9419 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9420 {
9421 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9422
9423 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9424 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9425 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9426
9427 if (r->length != 0)
9428 {
9429 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9430 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9431 }
9432 printf ("\n");
9433 }
9434 }
This page took 0.251051 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.